WO2020049863A1 - Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, resist film, and method for producing electronic device - Google Patents

Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, resist film, and method for producing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020049863A1
WO2020049863A1 PCT/JP2019/027224 JP2019027224W WO2020049863A1 WO 2020049863 A1 WO2020049863 A1 WO 2020049863A1 JP 2019027224 W JP2019027224 W JP 2019027224W WO 2020049863 A1 WO2020049863 A1 WO 2020049863A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
radiation
repeating unit
acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/027224
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
敬充 冨賀
英明 椿
東 耕平
康智 米久田
直也 畠山
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2020541040A priority Critical patent/JP7096892B2/en
Publication of WO2020049863A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020049863A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, a resist film, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
  • an image forming method called chemical amplification has been used as a resist image forming method in order to compensate for a decrease in sensitivity due to light absorption.
  • a photoacid generator in an exposed portion is decomposed by exposure to an excimer laser, an electron beam, extreme ultraviolet light or the like to generate an acid, and a post-exposure bake (PEB) : Post Exposure Bake) to convert an alkali-insoluble group into an alkali-soluble group using the generated acid as a reaction catalyst, and remove an exposed portion with an alkali developing solution.
  • PEB post-exposure bake
  • Patent Literature 1 describes a resist composition containing a specific resin, a specific organic solvent, and an acid generator.
  • the present invention provides an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin which is excellent in PCD performance and is capable of forming a pattern in which cracks are hardly generated in etching and in which voids are hardly generated inside the pattern. It is an object to provide a composition, a resist film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
  • the present inventors have conducted intensive studies to solve the above-described problems, and according to the active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin having a specific structure and a solvent having a specific boiling point and a specific viscosity.
  • the present inventors have found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved, and completed the present invention. That is, the present inventors have found that the above configuration can achieve the above object.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A), a solvent (B), and a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
  • the resin (A) includes a repeating unit (a1) derived from a monomer having a glass transition temperature of 50 ° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer, and a repeating unit (a2) having an acid-decomposable group,
  • the repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit
  • the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring
  • the solvent (B) has a boiling point of 135 ° C.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 2 represents a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom in the chain.
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 4 may be a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the ring member.
  • a pattern forming method, wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8].
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin which is excellent in PCD performance, hardly generates cracks in a pattern during etching, and can form a pattern in which voids are hardly generated inside the pattern A composition, a resist film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device can be provided.
  • actinic ray or radiation refers to, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet (EUV: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-ray, soft X-ray, and electron. It means a line (EB: Electron Beam) or the like.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in the present specification means not only exposure with a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet, X-ray, and EUV, but also electron beam and ion. Drawing by particle beams such as beams is also included.
  • to is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit and an upper limit.
  • (meth) acrylate represents at least one of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • (Meth) acrylic acid represents at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • Mn number average molecular weight
  • Mn degree of dispersion
  • HPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 ⁇ L, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature: 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, detector: It is defined as a polystyrene-equivalent value obtained by a differential refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector).
  • the notation of not indicating substituted or unsubstituted includes a group having a substituent as well as a group having no substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the “organic group” in the present specification refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
  • the type of the substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of the substituent when “may have a substituent” are not particularly limited.
  • the number of substituents may be, for example, one, two, three or more.
  • Examples of the substituent include a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom, and for example, can be selected from the following substituent T.
  • substituent T examples include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group; and an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group.
  • halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom
  • alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group
  • aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group.
  • Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and methoxalyl
  • An alkylsulfanyl group such as a methylsulfanyl group and a tert-butylsulfanyl group; an arylsulfanyl group such as a phenylsulfanyl group and a p-tolylsulfanyl group; an alkyl group; Kill group; aryl group; heteroaryl group; hydroxyl group; carboxy group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfonamide group
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “composition of the present invention”) comprises a resin (A), a solvent (B), and an acid or a radiation.
  • the resin (A) includes a repeating unit (a1) derived from a monomer having a glass transition temperature of 50 ° C.
  • the repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit
  • the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring
  • the solvent (B) has a boiling point of 135 ° C. or less and a viscosity of 1.5 mPa ⁇ s or less, An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for forming a film having a thickness of 1 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the composition of the present invention is a so-called resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. Further, the resist composition may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development. Among them, a positive resist composition, and preferably a resist composition for alkali development.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • composition of the present invention can form a pattern which is excellent in PCD performance, hardly generates cracks in the pattern during etching, and hardly generates voids in the pattern is clearly explained in detail. Although it is not, it is estimated as follows. It is considered that the problem of the PCD performance of the conventional resist composition is caused by the fact that the solvent remaining in the resist film formed using the resist composition volatilizes when left. Further, it is considered that cracks and voids generated in the pattern at the time of etching are also caused by the solvent remaining in the pattern.
  • a solvent is left in a pattern (resist pattern) obtained by forming a resist film using a conventional resist composition, and exposing and developing, and is used in a CD-evaluated SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope).
  • a process such as evacuation performed when a wafer is inserted into the substrate, or in a process such as evacuation performed when etching the object to be etched using the pattern as a mask (typically, plasma etching), it remains inside the pattern. It is considered that the solvent is volatilized, stress is generated in the pattern, cracks are generated, and voids are generated.
  • a homopolymer is used as an acid-decomposable resin in order to use a solvent having a low boiling point (solvent (B)) which is easy to volatilize, and to make the resist film and the resist pattern flexible and to easily volatilize the remaining solvent.
  • solvent (B) a solvent having a low boiling point
  • the above problem could be solved by using a resin (resin (A)) having a repeating unit (repeating unit (a1)) derived from a monomer having a glass transition temperature of 50 ° C. or lower. It is considered something.
  • solvent (B)) by using a low-viscosity solvent (solvent (B)), the solvent volatilization at the time of coating can be promoted, the solvent remaining in the film can be reduced, and the above problem can be solved. It is considered possible.
  • the resin (A) contained in the composition of the present invention has a repeating unit (a1) derived from a monomer having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50 ° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer, and an acid-decomposable group. And the repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit. Further, the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring.
  • the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, it is a resin (acid-decomposable resin) which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase polarity. That is, in the pattern forming method of the present invention described later, typically, when an alkali developing solution is used as a developing solution, a positive pattern is suitably formed, and when an organic developing solution is used as a developing solution. , A negative pattern is suitably formed.
  • the repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a glass transition temperature of 50 ° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer (also referred to as “monomer a1”).
  • the repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit. Therefore, the repeating unit (a1) does not have an acid-decomposable group.
  • the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer is taken. If not, the glass transition temperature is measured by a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC: Differential scanning calorimetry) method.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the homopolymer used for the measurement of Tg is 18,000, and the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is 1.7.
  • DSC device a thermal analysis DSC differential scanning calorimeter Q1000 manufactured by TA Instruments Japan Co., Ltd. is used, and the temperature is measured at a rate of 10 ° C./min.
  • the homopolymer used for the measurement of Tg may be synthesized by a known method using the corresponding monomer, and can be synthesized by, for example, a general drop polymerization method.
  • An example is shown below.
  • 54 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was heated to 80 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. While stirring this solution, 125 parts by mass of a PGMEA solution containing 21% by mass of the corresponding monomer and 0.35% by mass of dimethyl 2,2′-azobisisobutyrate were added dropwise over 6 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • the monomer a1 is not particularly limited as long as it has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50 ° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer. From the viewpoints of improving PCD performance, suppressing crack generation, and reducing voids in the pattern, homopolymers are used. It is preferable that Tg at that time is 30 ° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit of Tg when the monomer a1 is a homopolymer is not particularly limited, and is often ⁇ 80 ° C. or higher, preferably ⁇ 70 ° C. or higher, more preferably ⁇ 60 ° C. or higher, and still more preferably ⁇ 80 ° C. or higher. 50 ° C. or higher.
  • the repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain because the residual solvent can be more easily volatilized. Is preferred.
  • non-acid-decomposable means that the acid generated by the photoacid generator does not cause the elimination / decomposition reaction. That is, the “non-acid-decomposable alkyl group” more specifically refers to an alkyl group that does not leave the resin (A) due to the action of the acid generated by the photoacid generator, or a photoacid generator. Examples include an alkyl group that is not decomposed by the action of an acid.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • a repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may include a hetero atom in the chain, will be described.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain is not particularly limited.
  • an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms examples thereof include an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and containing an atom.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a hetero atom in the chain include one or two or more —CH 2 — of —O—, —S—, —CO—, —NR 6 — Or an alkyl group substituted with a divalent organic group obtained by combining two or more of these.
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms that may contain a hetero atom in the chain includes, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, Heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, lauryl, stearyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl, and 2-ethylhexyl, and one or more of these And a monovalent alkyl group in which CH 2 — is substituted with —O— or —O—CO—.
  • the carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain and has 2 or more carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more and 16 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 10 or less. More preferably, it is 2 or more and 8 or less.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms may have a substituent (for example, substituent T).
  • the repeating unit (a1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-2).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 2 represents a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom in the chain.
  • the halogen atom represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a tert-butyl group. . Among them, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, and more specifically, a cyclohexyl group.
  • non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom in the chain represented by R 2 are as described above.
  • the repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a ring member because the residual solvent can be more easily volatilized. It may be a repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom.
  • non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain
  • a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in a ring member.
  • the repeating unit having a functional cycloalkyl group will be described.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group is preferably 2 or more, and from the viewpoint that the Tg of the homopolymer is 50 ° C or lower, the upper limit of the carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group is, for example, 20 or less. preferable.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and a carbon number having a hetero atom in the chain. And 2 to 20 alkyl groups.
  • at least one of the hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group is substituted with a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a hetero atom in the chain include one or two or more —CH 2 — of —O—, —S—, —CO—, —NR 6 — Or an alkyl group substituted with a divalent organic group obtained by combining two or more of these.
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain is preferably from 2 to 16, and more preferably from 2 to 10, from the viewpoint of being more excellent in crack resistance (hard to generate cracks). Preferably, 2 to 8 are more preferable.
  • the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group may have a substituent (for example, substituent T). Specific examples of the repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group and containing a hetero atom in the chain include a repeating unit having the following structure.
  • the carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group is preferably 5 or more, and from the viewpoint that the Tg of the homopolymer is 50 ° C or less, the upper limit of the carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group is, for example, 20 or less. Is preferably, and more preferably 16 or less, and further preferably 10 or less.
  • the non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the ring member is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (more specifically, a cyclohexyl group), and And a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heteroatom in the ring member.
  • at least one of the hydrogen atoms in the cycloalkyl group is substituted with a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.
  • Examples of the C 5-20 cycloalkyl group containing a heteroatom as a ring member include one or more of —CH 2 — in which —O—, —S—, —CO—, and —NR 6 Or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a divalent organic group obtained by combining two or more of these.
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group may have a substituent (for example, substituent T).
  • a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain or a non-acid-decomposable cyclo group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in a ring member.
  • a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-3) is particularly preferable in terms of being more excellent in the effects of the present invention.
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 4 may be a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the ring member.
  • R 3 has the same meaning as R 1 described above, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the definition and the preferable embodiment of the non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group are as described above.
  • R 4 is preferably a non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in the ring member.
  • Examples of the monomer a1 include ethyl acrylate ( ⁇ 22 ° C.), n-propyl acrylate ( ⁇ 37 ° C.), isopropyl acrylate ( ⁇ 5 ° C.), n-butyl acrylate ( ⁇ 55 ° C.), and n-butyl methacrylate (20 ° C.).
  • the monomer a1 is preferably n-butyl acrylate, n-hexyl methacrylate, n-octyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 4-hydroxycyclohexyl acrylate or lauryl methacrylate.
  • the resin (A) may include only one type of the repeating unit (a1), or may include two or more types of the repeating unit (a1).
  • the content of the repeating unit (a1) (when there are a plurality of repeating units (a1), the total thereof) is preferably at least 5 mol% based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). 10 mol% or more is more preferable, 50 mol% or less is preferable, 40 mol% or less is more preferable, and 30 mol% or less is still more preferable.
  • the content of the repeating unit (a1) in the resin (A) (when there are a plurality of repeating units (a1), the total content thereof) is 5 to 50 mol% based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). Is preferably 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 30 mol%.
  • the resin (A) has a repeating unit (a2) having an acid-decomposable group.
  • the resin (A) may have one kind of the repeating unit (a2) having an acid-decomposable group, or may have two or more kinds thereof.
  • the content of the repeating unit (a2) (when there are a plurality of repeating units (a2), the sum thereof) may be 20 mol% or less based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). It is more preferably 15 mol% or less in terms of PCD performance, crack resistance, suppression of voids inside the pattern and etching resistance.
  • the lower limit of the content of the repeating unit (a2) is, for example, 3 mol% or more, and preferably 5 mol% or more, based on all the repeating units of the resin (A).
  • the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group).
  • the polar group include a carboxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfo group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide Group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group And the like
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and refers to a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group (phenolic hydroxyl group) directly bonded to an aromatic ring. Aliphatic alcohols substituted with a functional group (eg, hexafluoroisopropanol group) are excluded.
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.
  • Preferred polar groups include a carboxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), and a sulfo group.
  • Preferred groups as the acid-decomposable group are groups in which a hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group).
  • Examples of the group leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group) include -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), and- C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • the alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl And octyl groups.
  • Cycloalkyl group R 36 ⁇ R 39, R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • the polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an ⁇ -pinel group, a tricyclodecanyl group, Examples include a tetracyclododecyl group and an androstanyl group.
  • at least one carbon atom in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted by a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the aralkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
  • the alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group and the like.
  • the ring formed by bonding R 36 and R 37 to each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • cycloalkyl group a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferable. .
  • the acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, or a tertiary alkyl ester group, and more preferably an acetal group or a tertiary alkyl ester group.
  • the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI) as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Any two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may or may not form a ring structure.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, an arylene group, -COO-Rt-, -O-Rt-, and the like.
  • Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or an arylene group.
  • T is preferably a single bond or -COO-Rt-.
  • Rt is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably —CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 2 —, or — (CH 2 ) 3 —. T is more preferably a single bond.
  • Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably, a fluorine atom).
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group.
  • the alkyl group for Xa 1 is preferably a methyl group.
  • the alkyl group for Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and may be a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, An isobutyl group or a t-butyl group is preferred.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 to 3. In the alkyl groups of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , some of the carbon-carbon bonds may be double bonds.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group Are preferred.
  • Examples of the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, a cycloheptyl ring, and a cyclooctane ring, a norbornane ring, and a tetracyclo ring.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, a cycloheptyl ring, and a cyclooctane ring, a norbornane ring, and a tetracyclo ring.
  • Polycyclic cycloalkyl rings such as a decane ring, a tetracyclododecane ring, and an adamantane ring are preferred.
  • a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, or an adamantane ring is more preferred.
  • the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 the following structures are also preferable.
  • the resin (A) also preferably has, as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit described in paragraphs ⁇ 0336> to ⁇ 0369> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1.
  • the resin (A) is decomposed by the action of an acid described in paragraphs ⁇ 0363> to ⁇ 0364> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group to form an alcoholic resin. It may have a repeating unit containing a group generating a hydroxyl group.
  • the resin (A) preferably has, as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having a structure in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is protected by a leaving group which is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • the phenolic hydroxyl group is a group obtained by replacing a hydrogen atom of an aromatic hydrocarbon group with a hydroxyl group.
  • the aromatic ring of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring, such as a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring.
  • Examples of the leaving group that is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
  • Formula (Y1) —C (Rx 1 ) (Rx 2 ) (Rx 3 )
  • Formula (Y3) —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 38 )
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). However, when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups. Among them, Rx 1 to Rx 3 are more preferably each independently a repeating unit representing a linear or branched alkyl group, and Rx 1 to Rx 3 are each independently a linear unit. More preferably, it is a repeating unit representing an alkyl group. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a t-butyl group is preferable.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic ring such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferred.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, and a tetracyclododecanyl. And a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an adamantyl group. Among them, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is, for example, a group in which one of methylene groups constituting a ring has a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. It may be replaced.
  • a group represented by formula (Y1) and (Y2) is, for example, Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, a mode of combining and the Rx 2 and Rx 3 form a cycloalkyl radical as defined above preferable.
  • R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R 37 and R 38 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • Rn and Ar may combine with each other to form a non-aromatic ring.
  • Ar is more preferably an aryl group.
  • a hydrogen atom in the phenolic hydroxyl group is represented by any of formulas (Y1) to (Y4) Those having a structure protected by a group represented by
  • repeating unit having a structure (acid-decomposable group) protected by a leaving group in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AII) is preferable.
  • R 61 , R 62 and R 63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 62 may be bonded to Ar 6 to form a ring, in which case R 62 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • X 6 represents a single bond, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —.
  • R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • L 6 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Ar 6 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group when bonded to R 62 to form a ring.
  • Y 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid when n ⁇ 2. However, at least one of Y 2 represents a group which is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • the group leaving by the action of an acid as Y 2 is preferably any of formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • Each of the above groups may have a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and Examples thereof include an alkoxycarbonyl group (having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and those having 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable.
  • the resin (A) may contain other repeating units in addition to the above-mentioned repeating units.
  • other repeating units that may be contained in the resin (A) will be described in detail.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit (a3) having a carboxy group in addition to the repeating unit (a1) and the repeating unit (a2). Since the resin (A) contains the repeating unit (a3), the resin (A) is more excellent in dissolution rate during alkali development.
  • the repeating unit (a3) include the following repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the resin (A) may have one type of the repeating unit (a3) alone, or may have two or more types of the repeating unit (a3) in combination.
  • the content of the repeating unit (a3) is preferably from 1 to 10 mol%, more preferably from 2 to 8 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • the resin (A) may further have a repeating unit (a4) having a phenolic hydroxyl group in addition to the repeating unit (a1) and the repeating unit (a2). Since the resin (A) contains the repeating unit (a4), the resin (A) is excellent in dissolution rate during alkali development and excellent in etching resistance.
  • the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is not particularly limited, but includes a hydroxystyrene repeating unit or a hydroxystyrene (meth) acrylate repeating unit.
  • a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (I) is preferable.
  • R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 42 may combine with Ar 4 to form a ring, in which case R 42 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • X 4 represents a single bond, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —, and R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • L 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group when bonded to R 42 to form a ring.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • n is an integer of 2 or more, or X 4 is —COO— or —CONR 64 —.
  • Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I) include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, which may have a substituent.
  • An alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms such as a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group, and a dodecyl group is preferable, an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms is preferable. More preferred.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I) may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I) include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I) the same alkyl groups as those described above for R 41 , R 42 and R 43 are preferable.
  • Preferred substituents in each of the above groups include, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amide group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thioether group, and an acyl group.
  • Groups, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group and the like, and the substituent preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms.
  • Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent, for example, arylene having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, and an anthracenylene group.
  • Preferred are groups or aromatic hydrocarbon groups containing heterocycles such as, for example, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, and thiazole.
  • Specific examples of the (n + 1) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include, from the above-described specific examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, (n-1) arbitrary A group obtained by removing a hydrogen atom can be preferably exemplified.
  • the (n + 1) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent which the above-mentioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group and (n + 1) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include, for example, R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I).
  • alkyl groups alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, hydroxyethoxy group, propoxy group, hydroxypropoxy group and butoxy group; aryl groups such as phenyl group; -CONR 64 represented by X 4 - (R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group)
  • R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • Alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms, such as isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, and dodecyl group, are preferred, and alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms are more preferred.
  • X 4 is preferably a single bond, —COO—, or —CONH
  • the divalent linking group as L 4 is preferably an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group a methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group, which may have a substituent, And an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as octylene group.
  • Ar 4 is preferably an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, or a biphenylene ring group.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably a repeating unit derived from hydroxystyrene. That is, Ar 4 is preferably a benzene ring group.
  • a 1 or 2.
  • the resin (A) may have one type of the repeating unit (a4) alone, or may have two or more types of the repeating unit (a4) in combination.
  • the content of the repeating unit (a4) is preferably at least 40 mol%, more preferably at least 50 mol%, and even more preferably at least 60 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). preferable. Further, the content of the repeating unit (a4) is preferably at most 85 mol%, more preferably at most 80 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit (a5) having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure.
  • the lactone structure or sultone structure may have a lactone structure or a sultone structure, and is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered sultone structure.
  • a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure in which a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is formed and another ring structure is condensed, or a 5- to 7-membered ring in which a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is formed is formed.
  • Those in which another ring structure is fused to the sultone structure are more preferred.
  • the resin (A) has a lactone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or any one of the following general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) It is more preferred to have a repeating unit having a sultone structure represented. Further, a lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain.
  • general formula (LC1-1), general formula (LC1-4), general formula (LC1-5), general formula (LC1-8), general formula (LC1-16), or general formula (LC1-16) A lactone structure represented by -21) or a sultone structure represented by the general formula (SL1-1).
  • the lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxy group.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, or an acid-decomposable group is preferable.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 0-4. When n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. Further, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III) is preferable.
  • A represents an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (a group represented by —CONH—).
  • n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by —R 0 —Z—, represents an integer of 0 to 5, is preferably 0 or 1, and is more preferably 0. When n is 0, -R 0 -Z- does not exist and becomes a single bond.
  • R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof. If R 0 is plural, R 0 each independently represents a alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof.
  • Z represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
  • each independently represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
  • R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • the alkylene group or cycloalkylene group of R 0 may have a substituent.
  • Z an ether bond or an ester bond is preferable, and an ester bond is more preferable.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a carbonate structure.
  • the carbonate structure is preferably a cyclic carbonate structure.
  • the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1).
  • R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • n represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • R A 2 represents a substituent. when n is 2 or more, R A 2 each independently represent a substituent.
  • A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the resin (A) is a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure, and is described in paragraphs ⁇ 0370> to ⁇ 0414> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1. It is also preferable to have the repeating unit described in (1).
  • the resin (A) may have one kind of a repeating unit having at least one kind selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure, or may have two or more kinds in combination. May be.
  • the following monomers are also suitably used as a raw material of the resin (A).
  • the content of a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure contained in the resin (A) (selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure)
  • the total is preferably 5 to 30 mol%, more preferably 10 to 30 mol%, and more preferably 20 to 30 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the resin (A). 30 mol% is more preferred.
  • the resin (A) may have, in addition to the above-mentioned repeating structural units, dry etching resistance, suitability for a standard developer, substrate adhesion, a resist profile, or resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity and the like, which are general necessary properties of a resist. May have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting. Examples of such a repeating structural unit include, but are not limited to, a repeating structural unit corresponding to a predetermined monomer.
  • the predetermined monomer has, for example, one addition-polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylates, methacrylates, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, and vinyl esters. And the like.
  • an addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound copolymerizable with a monomer corresponding to the above-mentioned various repeating structural units may be used.
  • the molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is appropriately set to adjust various performances.
  • all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units.
  • the acrylate-based repeating unit is 50 mol% or less based on all the repeating units of the resin (A).
  • the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring.
  • the resin (A) may have only one type of repeating unit having an aromatic ring, or two or more types of repeating units.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an aromatic ring is, for example, 40 mol% or more and 55 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A) because the etching resistance is more excellent. Or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 97 mol% or less, preferably 85 mol% or less, and more preferably 80 mol% or less.
  • the resin (A) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • a conventional method for example, radical polymerization
  • general synthesis methods include (1) a batch polymerization method in which a monomer type and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and polymerization is performed by heating, and (2) a solution containing the monomer type and an initiator in 1 to A drop polymerization method in which the mixture is added dropwise to a heating solvent by dropping over 10 hours, and the like can be mentioned.
  • the drop polymerization method (2) is preferable.
  • reaction solvent during the polymerization examples include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, and diisopropyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone; ester solvents such as ethyl acetate; dimethylformamide; Solvents that dissolve the composition of the present invention, such as amides such as acetamide, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), and cyclohexanone described below.
  • ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, and diisopropyl ether
  • ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone
  • ester solvents such as ethyl acetate
  • dimethylformamide Solvents that dissolve the composition of the present invention, such as
  • the polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an atmosphere of an inert gas such as nitrogen and argon.
  • an inert gas such as nitrogen and argon.
  • a commercially available radical initiator for example, an azo-based initiator and a peroxide
  • an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is more preferable.
  • examples of such azo-based initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, and dimethyl 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) And the like.
  • a polymerization initiator may be optionally added to the polymerization reaction.
  • the method of adding the polymerization initiator to the system is not particularly limited, and may be a mode in which the polymerization initiator is added all at once or a mode in which the polymerization initiator is divided and added in plural times.
  • the solid content of the reaction solution is usually 5 to 60% by mass, preferably 10 to 50% by mass.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 10 to 150 ° C, preferably 30 to 120 ° C, more preferably 60 to 100 ° C.
  • the polymer is recovered by a method such as pouring into a solvent to recover the powder or solid content.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably from 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 30,000, and still more preferably from 3,000 to 25,000.
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) is usually from 1.0 to 3.0, preferably from 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably from 1.0 to 2.0, and further preferably from 1.1 to 2.0. preferable.
  • the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the resin (A) is generally often 20% by mass or more, preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more based on the total solid content. , 80% by mass or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, and even more preferably 98% by mass or less.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably has a solid content concentration of 10% by mass or more. As a result, for example, it becomes easy to form a thick film pattern having a film thickness of 1 ⁇ m or more (preferably 10 ⁇ m or more).
  • the solid content concentration intends the mass percentage of the mass of other resist components (components that can constitute a resist film) excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition of the present invention.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a solvent (B) having a boiling point of 135 ° C. or less and a viscosity of 1.5 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the solvent (B) is preferably an organic solvent.
  • the viscosity of the solvent (B) is the viscosity at 1 atm (101325 Pa) and 23 ° C. The viscosity is measured by a viscometer (RE-85L manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.).
  • the viscosity of the solvent (B) is not a value of a mixed solvent but a value of a single component solvent.
  • the composition of the present invention contains one or more solvents as the solvent (B).
  • the boiling point of the solvent (B) is preferably 130 ° C. or lower, more preferably 125 ° C. or lower, from the viewpoint of PCD performance, crack resistance, and void suppression.
  • the boiling point of the solvent (B) is preferably 40 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 50 ° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of uniformity of the film thickness during coating.
  • the viscosity of the solvent (B) is preferably 1.2 mPa ⁇ s or less, more preferably 1.0 mPa ⁇ s or less, from the viewpoint of PCD performance, crack resistance, and void suppression.
  • the viscosity of the solvent (B) is preferably 0.1 mPa ⁇ s or more, and more preferably 0.3 mPa ⁇ s or more, from the viewpoint of film thickness uniformity during coating.
  • the solvent (B) preferably has a boiling point of 135 ° C. or less and a viscosity of 1.2 mPa ⁇ s or less, more preferably a boiling point of 130 ° C. or less and a viscosity of 1.2 mPa ⁇ s or less. More preferably, the boiling point is 125 ° C. or less and the viscosity is 1.0 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the solvent (B) is preferably at least one selected from aromatic solvents, ketone solvents, and ester solvents, and includes toluene, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, ethyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, and It is more preferably at least one selected from butyl acetate, even more preferably at least one selected from methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, ethyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, and butyl acetate, and methyl ethyl ketone, methyl Particularly preferred is at least one selected from isobutyl ketone and cyclopentanone.
  • the content of the solvent (B) is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 45% by mass or more based on the total amount of the solvent contained in the composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is still more preferably 70% by mass or more.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a solvent other than the solvent (B).
  • a solvent other than the solvent (B) is also called a solvent (F).
  • a known resist solvent can be appropriately used as the solvent (F).
  • paragraphs ⁇ 0665> to ⁇ 0670> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0070167A1 paragraphs [0210] to ⁇ 0235> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0237190A1.
  • Solvents that can be used in preparing the composition include, for example, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), Organic solvents such as monoketone compounds (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms) which may have a ring, alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate are exemplified.
  • a mixed solvent obtained by mixing a solvent having a hydroxyl group in the structure and a solvent having no hydroxyl group may be used.
  • the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent having no hydroxyl group the above-described exemplified compounds can be appropriately selected.
  • the solvent having a hydroxyl group alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether or alkyl lactate is preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, or ethyl lactate is more preferred.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxy propionate, a monoketone compound optionally having a ring, a cyclic lactone, or an alkyl acetate is preferable.
  • Glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) ethyl ethoxy propionate, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, and cyclohexanone are more preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ethyl ethoxy propionate, cyclohexanone, or 2-heptanone is more preferable. More preferred.
  • the mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent having a hydroxyl group to the solvent having no hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, and more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. preferable.
  • a mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.
  • the solvent (F) preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, may be a single solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, or may be a mixed solvent of two or more kinds containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • the content of the solvent (F) is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 55% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the solvent. , 30% by mass or less.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a compound (photoacid generator) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferable.
  • Examples include a sulfonium salt compound, an iodonium salt compound, a diazonium salt compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an imidosulfonate compound, an oxime sulfonate compound, a diazodisulfone compound, a disulfone compound, and an o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compound.
  • a known compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof.
  • paragraphs ⁇ 0125> to ⁇ 0319> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0070167A1 paragraphs ⁇ 0086> to ⁇ 0094> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016/2017.
  • Known compounds disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0323> to ⁇ 0402> of JP-A No. 0237190A1 can be suitably used.
  • photoacid generator for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI), general formula (ZII) or general formula (ZIII) is preferable.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
  • Two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group) and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion (preferably a non-nucleophilic anion).
  • Preferred embodiments of the cation in the general formula (ZI) include a compound (ZI-1), a compound (ZI-2), and a compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) (compound (ZI-3)) described later. And the corresponding group in the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-4) (compound (ZI-4)).
  • the photoacid generator may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by the general formula (ZI). For example, at least one of R 201 ⁇ R 203 of the compound represented by formula (ZI), and at least one of R 201 ⁇ R 203 of another compound represented by formula (ZI), a single bond Alternatively, a compound having a structure bonded via a linking group may be used.
  • Compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having arylsulfonium as a cation.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • arylsulfonium compound examples include a triarylsulfonium compound, a diarylalkylsulfonium compound, an aryldialkylsulfonium compound, a diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compound, and an aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compound.
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue.
  • the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium compound has as necessary includes a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a C 3 to C 15 alkyl group.
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a C 3 to C 15 alkyl group.
  • are preferred, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 each independently represent an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (for example, carbon atom). (Equation 6 to 14), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a phenylthio group as a substituent.
  • Compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
  • the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, and more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, 2-oxocycloalkyl group.
  • R 201 to R 203 preferably, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, a methyl group, an ethyl group, A propyl group, a butyl group, and a pentyl group) and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group).
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
  • M represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and when having a ring structure, the ring structure includes an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, and a carbon atom. It may contain at least one carbon double bond.
  • R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group.
  • R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring.
  • R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • R x and R y may combine to form a ring. Further, at least two members selected from M, R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring structure may contain a carbon-carbon double bond. Z ⁇ represents an anion.
  • a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 15 (preferably 1 to 10) carbon atoms and a C 3 to 15 Preferable is a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • the aryl group represented by M is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, and a benzothiophene ring.
  • M may further have a substituent (for example, substituent T).
  • substituent T for example, substituent T
  • M is a benzyl group.
  • the ring structure may include at least one of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, and a carbon-carbon double bond.
  • Examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group represented by R 6c and R 7c include those similar to M described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same. Further, R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring. Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 6c and R 7c include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • alkyl group and the cycloalkyl group represented by R x and R y include those similar to M described above, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R x and R y is preferably an allyl group or a vinyl group.
  • Rx and Ry may further have a substituent (for example, substituent T).
  • R ox and R y include a 2-oxoalkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group.
  • Examples of the 2-oxoalkyl group represented by R x and R y include those having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), and specifically include a 2-oxopropyl group, And a 2-oxobutyl group.
  • Examples of the alkoxycarbonylalkyl group represented by R x and R y include those having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Further, R x and R y may combine to form a ring.
  • the ring structure formed by connecting R x and R y to each other may include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbon-carbon double bond.
  • M and R 6c may combine to form a ring structure, and the formed ring structure may include a carbon-carbon double bond.
  • the compound (ZI-3) is preferably a compound (ZI-3A).
  • Compound (ZI-3A) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3A) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
  • R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group.
  • the R 6c and R 7c has the same meaning as R 6c and R 7c in the above-mentioned general formula (ZI-3), preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
  • the R x and R y the same meaning as R x and R y in general formula described above (ZI-3), preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and each of the ring structures is independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, It may contain an amide bond or a carbon-carbon double bond.
  • R 5c and R 6c , R 5c and R x may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and this ring structure may each independently contain a carbon-carbon double bond.
  • R 6c and R 7c may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • Examples of the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic hetero ring, and a polycyclic fused ring in which two or more of these rings are combined.
  • Examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
  • a single bond or an alkylene group is preferable.
  • the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • Zc - represents an anion.
  • Compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • r represents an integer of 0 to 8.
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl skeleton. These groups may have a substituent.
  • R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent. Two R 15 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • the ring skeleton may contain a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14, and R 15 are linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group or the like is more preferable.
  • R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms eg, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, A butyl group and a pentyl group
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms eg, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents which the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms) 15), an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion.
  • Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Z in the general formula (ZI-3) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3A) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - as an anion is preferably represented by the following general formula (3).
  • o represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • p represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • q represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4.
  • the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
  • R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are present, R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 4 and R 5 may have a substituent, and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 4 and R 5 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as the specific examples and preferred embodiments of Xf in formula (3).
  • L represents a divalent linking group.
  • Ls may be the same or different.
  • -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - NHCO -, - CO -, - O -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, - OCO- alkylene group -, - CONH- alkylene group - or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group - or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.
  • W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure.
  • a cyclic organic group is preferable.
  • the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic alicyclic group include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • polycyclic alicyclic group examples include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group and an anthryl group.
  • the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the polycyclic compound can suppress acid diffusion more.
  • the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity.
  • Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • heterocyclic ring having no aromaticity examples include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • lactone ring and the sultone ring examples include the lactone structure and the sultone structure exemplified in the aforementioned resin.
  • the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferred.
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic, and spirocyclic). Any of which may be used, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, and a sulfonamide. And sulfonic acid ester groups.
  • the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group may be a carbonyl carbon.
  • Formula (3) As the anion represented by, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -COO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 - (L) q-W, SO 3 -- CF 2 -CH (CF 3 ) -OCO- (L) q'-W are preferred.
  • L, q and W are the same as in the general formula (3).
  • q ′ represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • X B1 and X B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom.
  • X B1 and X B2 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • X B3 and X B4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • at least one of XB3 and XB4 is a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom
  • both XB3 and XB4 are a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom. Is more preferred.
  • both XB3 and XB4 are alkyl groups substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • L, q and W are the same as in the general formula (3).
  • Ar represents an aryl group, and may further have a substituent other than a sulfonate anion and a-(DB) group.
  • substituent that may further have a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
  • n represents an integer of 0 or more. n is preferably from 1 to 4, more preferably from 2 to 3, and even more preferably 3.
  • D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonate group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more of these.
  • B represents a hydrocarbon group
  • D is a single bond and B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure.
  • B is more preferably an isopropyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
  • Any combination of the above cations and anions can be used as a photoacid generator.
  • the photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or may be in a form incorporated into a part of the polymer. Further, the form of the low molecular compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and still more preferably 1,000 or less.
  • the photoacid generator is in a form incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin (A) described above or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin (A).
  • the content of the photoacid generator (when there are a plurality of types, the total thereof) is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 35% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. It is more preferably 25% by mass, further preferably 1 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably 1 to 15% by mass.
  • the content of the photoacid generator contained in the composition (when a plurality of kinds are present, Is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid diffusion controller.
  • the acid diffusion controller acts as a quencher for trapping an acid generated from a photoacid generator or the like at the time of exposure and suppressing the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to the excess generated acid.
  • a basic compound (DA), a basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, an onium salt (DC) which becomes a weak acid relatively to an acid generator, a nitrogen atom And a low molecular weight compound (DD) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, or an onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in a cation portion can be used as an acid diffusion controller.
  • a known acid diffusion controller can be appropriately used.
  • R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group. Represents a group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group in the general formulas (A) and (E) may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.
  • guanidine As the basic compound (DA), guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine and the like are preferable, and an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclo structure, an onium hydroxide structure, an onium carboxylate structure, Compounds having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, alkylamine derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, and aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond are more preferable.
  • a basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DB)”) has a proton acceptor functional group, and It is a compound that is decomposed by irradiation with radiation to decrease or disappear the proton acceptor property, or change from the proton acceptor property to acidic.
  • the proton-accepting functional group is a functional group having a group or an electron capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a ⁇ -conjugated group.
  • a functional group having a nitrogen atom with a lone pair that does not contribute to The nitrogen atom having a lone pair that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.
  • Preferred examples of the partial structure of the proton acceptor functional group include a crown ether structure, an azacrown ether structure, a primary to tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, and a pyrazine structure.
  • the compound (DB) is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton acceptor property, or generate a compound changed from the proton acceptor property to acidic.
  • the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property, or the change from the proton acceptor property to acidic is a change in the proton acceptor property due to the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group.
  • the proton acceptor property can be confirmed by performing pH measurement.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by the decomposition of the compound (DB) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation preferably satisfies pKa ⁇ 1, more preferably satisfies ⁇ 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ 1, and ⁇ More preferably, 13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ 3 is satisfied.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa indicates an acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is defined, for example, in Chemical Handbook (II) (4th revised edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.).
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be actually measured by measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution.
  • a value based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values can be obtained by calculation using the following software package 1. All the pKa values described in this specification indicate values calculated by using this software package.
  • an onium salt (DC) which becomes a weak acid relatively to the photoacid generator can be used as an acid diffusion controller.
  • a photoacid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid that is relatively weak with respect to the acid generated from the photoacid generator are used as a mixture, the photoacid generator is activated or irradiated with radiation.
  • the weak acid is released by salt exchange to produce an onium salt having a strong acid anion.
  • the strong acid is exchanged for a weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, so that the acid is apparently deactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
  • onium salt that becomes a relatively weak acid with respect to the photoacid generator compounds represented by the following general formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3) are preferable.
  • R 51 represents a hydrocarbon group
  • Z 2c represents a hydrocarbon group
  • R 52 represents an organic group
  • Y 3 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or an arylene group
  • Rf contains a fluorine atom.
  • M + independently represents an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation, or an iodonium cation.
  • the hydrocarbon group represented by R 51 may have a substituent.
  • the hydrocarbon group represented by Z 2c preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon group represented by Z 2c may have a substituent.
  • the carbon atom adjacent to S is preferably not substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • Y 3 represents an alkylene group, it may be linear or branched.
  • Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented by M + include a sulfonium cation exemplified by the general formula (ZI) and an iodonium cation exemplified by the general formula (ZII).
  • An onium salt (DC) which becomes a relatively weak acid with respect to a photoacid generator has a compound in which a cation site and an anion site are in the same molecule, and a cation site and an anion site are connected by a covalent bond ( Hereinafter, it may be referred to as “compound (DCA)”.
  • compound (DCA) a compound represented by any of the following formulas (C-1) to (C-3) is preferable.
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represent a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms.
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond linking a cation site and an anion site.
  • -X - is, -COO -, -SO 3 - represents an anion portion selected from -R 4 -, -SO 2 -, and -N.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and L 1 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
  • two of R 1 to R 3 together represent one divalent substituent, and may be bonded to an N atom by a double bond.
  • Examples of the substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylamino.
  • a carbonyl group and an arylaminocarbonyl group Preferably, it is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • L 1 as a divalent linking group is a linear or branched alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, arylene group, carbonyl group, ether bond, ester bond, amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, Examples include groups formed by combining at least two or more species.
  • L 1 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • a low molecular compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid has a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom.
  • the amine derivative has The group which is eliminated by the action of an acid is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group, and more preferably a carbamate group, or a hemiaminal ether group.
  • the molecular weight of the compound (DD) is preferably from 100 to 1,000, more preferably from 100 to 700, and still more preferably from 100 to 500.
  • Compound (DD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the protective group constituting the carbamate group is represented by the following general formula (d-1).
  • Rb is each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group ( It preferably represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Rb may be mutually bonded to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by Rb are each independently a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, a functional group such as an oxo group, an alkoxy group, or It may be substituted with a halogen atom.
  • Rb The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb.
  • Rb a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group is more preferable.
  • the ring formed by two Rb's being connected to each other include alicyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, heterocyclic hydrocarbons, and derivatives thereof.
  • Specific examples of the structure of the group represented by formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structure disclosed in paragraph ⁇ 0466> of US Patent Publication US2012 / 0135348A1.
  • the compound (DD) preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
  • 1 represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • satisfies 1 + m 3.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
  • the two Ras may be the same or different, and the two Ras may be mutually connected to form a heterocyclic ring with the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • This heterocyclic ring may contain a hetero atom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • Rb has the same meaning as Rb in formula (d-1), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Ra may be each independently substituted with the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Rb. As a good group, it may be substituted with the same group as described above.
  • the onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation portion is preferably a compound having a basic site containing a nitrogen atom in the cation portion.
  • the basic site is preferably an amino group, and more preferably an aliphatic amino group. More preferably, all of the atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic site are a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom. Further, from the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom) is not directly connected to the nitrogen atom.
  • Preferred specific examples of the compound (DE) include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph ⁇ 0203> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0309408 A1.
  • the acid diffusion controller may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the acid diffusion controller in the composition of the present invention (when a plurality of kinds are present, the total thereof) is preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. 5 mass% is more preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a hydrophobic resin.
  • the hydrophobic resin is preferably a resin different from the resin (A).
  • the static / dynamic contact angle on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be controlled. This makes it possible to improve development characteristics, suppress outgassing, improve immersion liquid followability in immersion exposure, reduce immersion defects, and the like.
  • the hydrophobic resin is preferably designed so as to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film. However, unlike a surfactant, it is not necessary to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and a polar / non-polar substance is uniformly mixed. It does not have to contribute to the task.
  • the hydrophobic resin is at least one selected from the group consisting of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the film surface layer. It is preferable that the resin has a repeating unit having a seed.
  • the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom
  • the fluorine atom and / or the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin may be contained in a main chain of the resin or contained in a side chain. You may.
  • the resin when the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom, the resin preferably has a fluorine atom-containing alkyl group, a fluorine atom-containing cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom-containing aryl group as a fluorine atom-containing partial structure.
  • the hydrophobic resin preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
  • Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) ) Methylene groups and the like.
  • a fluorinated alcohol group preferably hexafluoroisopropanol
  • a sulfonimide group preferably
  • Examples of the group (y) which is decomposed by the action of the alkali developer to increase its solubility in the alkali developer include, for example, a lactone group, a carboxylate group (—COO—), an acid anhydride group (—C (O) OC (O) —), acid imide group (—NHCONH—), carboxylic acid thioester group (—COS—), carbonate ester group (—OC (O) O—), sulfate ester group (—OSO 2 O—), and Examples include a sulfonic acid ester group (—SO 2 O—), and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—) is preferable.
  • the repeating unit containing these groups is, for example, a repeating unit in which these groups are directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, and includes, for example, a repeating unit of an acrylate ester and a methacrylate ester.
  • these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group.
  • the repeating unit may be introduced at the terminal of the resin by using a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent having these groups at the time of polymerization.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a lactone group include those similar to the repeating unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of the resin (A).
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (y) which is decomposed by the action of the alkali developer to increase the solubility in the alkali developer is preferably 1 to 100 mol% based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin.
  • the content is more preferably from 3 to 98 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 95 mol%.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes under the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin include those similar to the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group described in the resin (A).
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes under the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably from 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, and more preferably from 20 to 80 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 60 mol% is more preferred.
  • the hydrophobic resin may further have another repeating unit different from the above-mentioned repeating unit.
  • the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably from 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably from 30 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin.
  • the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably from 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably from 20 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin.
  • the hydrophobic resin contains a CH 3 partial structure in a side chain portion
  • a form in which the hydrophobic resin does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom is also preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin be substantially composed of only a repeating unit composed of only atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin in terms of standard polystyrene is preferably from 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 1,000 to 50,000.
  • the total content of residual monomer and / or oligomer components contained in the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass.
  • the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably in the range of 1 to 3.
  • a known resin can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof.
  • known resins disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0451> to ⁇ 0704> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 0168830A1, and paragraphs ⁇ 0340> to ⁇ 0356> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 02744458A1 Can be suitably used as a hydrophobic resin.
  • the repeating units disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0177> to ⁇ 0258> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0237190A1 are also preferable as repeating units constituting the hydrophobic resin.
  • hydrophobic resin may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. It is preferable to use a mixture of two or more types of hydrophobic resins having different surface energies from the viewpoint of compatibility between the immersion liquid followability and the development characteristics in immersion exposure.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin in the composition is preferably from 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solids in the composition of the present invention.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a compound capable of crosslinking a resin by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as a crosslinking agent (G)).
  • a crosslinking agent G
  • known compounds can be appropriately used as the crosslinking agent (G).
  • known compounds disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0379> to ⁇ 0431> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0147154A1 and paragraphs ⁇ 0064> to ⁇ 0141> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0282720A1 Can be suitably used as the crosslinking agent (G).
  • the cross-linking agent (G) is a compound having a cross-linkable group capable of cross-linking the resin.
  • cross-linkable group examples include a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl ether group, an oxirane ring, And an oxetane ring.
  • the crosslinkable group is preferably a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an oxirane ring or an oxetane ring.
  • the crosslinking agent (G) is preferably a compound (including a resin) having two or more crosslinking groups.
  • the crosslinking agent (G) is more preferably a phenol derivative, a urea compound (compound having a urea structure) or a melamine compound (compound having a melamine structure) having a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group.
  • the crosslinking agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent (G) is preferably from 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 3 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably from 5 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resist composition.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a surfactant.
  • a surfactant a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant (specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom) Is preferred.
  • composition of the present invention contains a surfactant
  • a pattern with less adhesion and less development defects can be obtained with good sensitivity and resolution, when using an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less.
  • the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant include surfactants described in paragraph ⁇ 0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425. Further, other surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph ⁇ 0280> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferred.
  • the content of the surfactant is 10 ppm (parts per million) or more with respect to the total solid content of the composition, the surface uneven distribution of the hydrophobic resin increases. Thereby, the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be made more hydrophobic, and the ability to follow water during immersion exposure is improved.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a crosslinking agent (G)
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin (J) having a phenolic hydroxyl group (also referred to as “resin (J)”).
  • the resin (J) preferably contains a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group. In this case, typically, a negative pattern is suitably formed.
  • the crosslinking agent (G) may be in a form supported by the resin (J).
  • the resin (J) may contain the acid-decomposable group described above.
  • the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group contained in the resin (J) is not particularly limited, but is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II).
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent (preferably a methyl group), or a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • B ′ represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar ′ represents an aromatic ring group.
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the resin (J) one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the content of the resin (J) in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is generally 30% by mass or more. It is preferably at least 40 mass%, more preferably at least 50 mass%.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and still more preferably 85% by mass or less.
  • resin (J) resins disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0142> to ⁇ 0347> of US Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0282720A1 can be suitably used.
  • the composition of the present invention may further contain an acid proliferating agent, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, a dissolution accelerator, and the like.
  • an acid proliferating agent for example, polyalkylene glycol (the number of carbon atoms in the oxyalkylene unit is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 3, and the average number of addition is preferably 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 6. More preferred).
  • the plasticizer include the following.
  • plasticizers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the plasticizer is preferably from 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably from 1 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is preferably 10% by mass or more, and the upper limit is usually preferably about 50% by mass.
  • the solid content of the composition of the present invention is more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, more preferably 25 to 50% by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
  • the solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of the other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (resist film) composed of the composition of the present invention is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, for the purpose of increasing the number of processing steps, improving the resistance to implantation, and the like. It is more preferably at least 3 ⁇ m, still more preferably at least 5 ⁇ m, particularly preferably at least 10 ⁇ m.
  • the upper limit is 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • a pattern can be formed from the composition of the present invention.
  • the thickness of the formed pattern is 1 ⁇ m or more, and is preferably 3 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or more, and particularly preferably 10 ⁇ m or more, for the purpose of increasing the number of processing steps and improving the resistance to implantation.
  • the upper limit is 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the composition of the present invention is used by dissolving the above-mentioned components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent, filtering this, and then coating it on a predetermined support (substrate).
  • the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less. Further, when the solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is high (for example, 25% by mass or more), the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or less, and 0.1 ⁇ m or less. More preferred.
  • This filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • filter filtration for example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-62667 (JP-A-2002-62667), cyclic filtration may be performed, and a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. And filtration may be performed.
  • the composition may be filtered a plurality of times. Further, the composition may be subjected to a degassing treatment before and after the filtration.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably has a viscosity of 100 to 1000 mPa ⁇ s.
  • the viscosity of the composition of the present invention is more preferably 100 to 600 mPa ⁇ s from the viewpoint of more excellent coatability.
  • the viscosity can be measured by an E-type viscometer.
  • the composition of the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition whose properties change in response to irradiation with actinic ray or radiation. More specifically, the composition of the present invention can be used for manufacturing a semiconductor such as an IC (Integrated Circuit), a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, manufacturing a mold structure for imprinting, and other photofabrication processes.
  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for producing a lithographic printing plate or an acid-curable composition.
  • the pattern formed in the present invention can be used in an etching step, an ion implantation step, a bump electrode forming step, a rewiring forming step, a MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems), or the like.
  • the present invention also relates to a method for forming a pattern using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention will be described.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises: (I) a step of forming a resist film (actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film) on a support with the above-described actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist film forming step); (Ii) exposing the resist film (irradiating actinic rays or radiation) (exposure step); and (Iii) a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developing solution (developing step).
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the above steps (i) to (iii), and may further include the following steps.
  • the exposure method in the exposure step may be immersion exposure.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (iv) a pre-bake (PB: PreBake) step before the (ii) exposure step.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (v) a post-exposure bake (PEB) step after the (ii) exposure step and before the (iii) development step.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (ii) the exposing step a plurality of times.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (iv) the preheating step a plurality of times.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (v) a post-exposure baking step a plurality of times.
  • the (i) resist film forming step, (ii) exposing step, and (iii) developing step can be performed by a generally known method.
  • the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed on the substrate in the (i) resist film forming step is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more as described above, preferably 3 ⁇ m. The above is more preferable, 5 ⁇ m or more is further preferable, and 10 ⁇ m or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • a resist underlayer film for example, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), and an antireflection film
  • SOG Spin On Glass
  • SOC Spin On Carbon
  • an antireflection film As a material constituting the resist underlayer film, a known organic or inorganic material can be appropriately used.
  • a protective film (top coat) may be formed on the resist film.
  • the protective film a known material can be appropriately used.
  • U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0178407, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0085466, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0275326, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0299432 The composition for forming a protective film disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
  • composition for forming a protective film those containing the above-mentioned acid diffusion controller are preferable.
  • a protective film may be formed on the resist film containing the hydrophobic resin described above.
  • the support is not particularly limited, and is generally used in a process of manufacturing a semiconductor such as an IC, a process of manufacturing a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and a lithography process of other photofabrication.
  • a substrate can be used.
  • Specific examples of the support include an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiO 2 , and SiN.
  • the heating temperature is preferably from 70 to 150 ° C., more preferably from 70 to 130 ° C., still more preferably from 80 to 130 ° C., and further preferably from 80 to 120 ° C. in both (iv) the pre-heating step and (v) the post-exposure heating step. Is most preferred.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, even more preferably 30 to 90 seconds in both (iv) the preheating step and (v) the post-exposure heating step. Heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure apparatus and the developing apparatus, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
  • the wavelength of the light source used in the exposure step there is no limitation on the wavelength of the light source used in the exposure step, and examples thereof include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-ray, and electron beam.
  • far ultraviolet light is preferable, and the wavelength is preferably 1 to 300 nm, more preferably 100 to 300 nm, and further preferably 200 to 300 nm.
  • a KrF excimer laser (248 nm), an ArF excimer laser (193 nm), an F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), an X-ray, an EUV (13 nm), an electron beam, and the like are used.
  • EUV or an electron beam is preferable, and a KrF excimer laser is more preferable.
  • an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (also referred to as an organic developer) may be used.
  • the alkali developer a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide is usually used.
  • an alkaline aqueous solution such as an inorganic alkali, a primary to tertiary amine, an alcoholamine, and a cyclic amine is also used. Can be used.
  • the alkaline developer may contain an appropriate amount of alcohols and / or a surfactant.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10 to 15.
  • the development time using an alkali developer is usually 10 to 300 seconds. The alkali concentration, pH, and development time of the alkali developer can be appropriately adjusted according to the pattern to be formed.
  • the organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. Preferably it is.
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ester solvents include, for example, methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, butane Butyl acid, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, butyl propionate and the like.
  • the solvents disclosed in paragraphs ⁇ 0715> to ⁇ 0718> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 can be used.
  • a plurality of the above-mentioned solvents may be mixed, or a solvent other than the above or water may be mixed.
  • the water content of the entire developer is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, still more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, still more preferably 90 to 100% by mass, and more preferably 95 to 100% by mass based on the total amount of the developer. % Is particularly preferred.
  • the organic developer may contain a known surfactant in an appropriate amount, if necessary.
  • the content of the surfactant is usually from 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably from 0.005 to 2% by mass, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer.
  • the organic developer may contain the acid diffusion controller described above.
  • a developing method for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a bath filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developing solution is raised on the substrate surface by surface tension and is stopped for a certain period of time (paddle method), A method of spraying a developer on the surface (spray method) or a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning a developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed on a substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispense method).
  • the step of developing with an aqueous alkali solution (alkali developing step) and the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) may be combined.
  • the pattern can be formed without dissolving only the region having the intermediate exposure intensity, so that a finer pattern can be formed.
  • the rinsing liquid used in the rinsing step after the developing step using the alkali developing solution for example, pure water can be used. Pure water may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant.
  • a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing solution attached to the pattern with a supercritical fluid may be added. Further, after the rinsing treatment or the treatment with the supercritical fluid, a heating treatment may be performed to remove moisture remaining in the pattern.
  • the rinsing liquid used in the rinsing step after the developing step using a developing solution containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a general solution containing an organic solvent can be used.
  • a rinsing liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents is used. Is preferred.
  • Specific examples of the hydrocarbon-based solvent, ketone-based solvent, ester-based solvent, alcohol-based solvent, amide-based solvent, and ether-based solvent include those similar to those described for the developer containing an organic solvent.
  • the rinsing liquid used in the rinsing step is more preferably a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol.
  • Examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include a linear, branched or cyclic monohydric alcohol. Specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, -Heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol, and methylisobutylcarbinol.
  • Examples of the monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, and methyl isobutyl carbinol. .
  • Each component may be used as a mixture of a plurality of components or as a mixture with an organic solvent other than those described above.
  • the water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
  • the rinsing liquid may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant.
  • the substrate that has been developed using the organic developing solution is subjected to a cleaning process using a rinsing solution containing an organic solvent.
  • the method of the cleaning treatment is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuously discharging a rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotation coating method), or immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinsing liquid for a predetermined time A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid on the substrate surface (spray method), and the like can be given.
  • the heating temperature is usually 40 to 160 ° C, preferably 70 to 120 ° C, more preferably 70 to 95 ° C, and the heating time is usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, and 30 seconds to 30 minutes. 90 seconds is preferred.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably does not contain impurities such as metal components, isomers, and residual monomers.
  • the content of these impurities contained in the above various materials is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppt (parts per trillion) or less, still more preferably 10 ppt or less, and substantially no content (detection limit of the measuring device). The following is particularly preferred.
  • Examples of a method for removing impurities such as metals from the above various materials include filtration using a filter.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, and even more preferably 3 nm or less.
  • a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable.
  • the filter may be one that has been washed in advance with an organic solvent.
  • a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When a plurality of types of filters are used, filters having different pore sizes and / or materials may be used in combination.
  • various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step.
  • a filter having reduced eluate as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-201426 Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2016-201426
  • removal of impurities by an adsorbent may be performed, or filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used in combination.
  • a known adsorbent can be used.
  • an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel or zeolite, or an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon can be used.
  • Examples of the metal adsorbent include those disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-206500 (JP-A-2016-206500). Further, as a method of reducing impurities such as metals contained in the various materials, select a material having a low metal content as a material constituting the various materials, perform a filter filtration on the materials constituting the various materials, Alternatively, there is a method in which distillation is performed under conditions where contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark). Preferred conditions for filter filtration performed on raw materials constituting various materials are the same as those described above.
  • a method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention.
  • a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern for example, there is a method of treating the pattern with a plasma of a gas containing hydrogen disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0104957.
  • Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-235468 JP-A-2004-2354608
  • US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297 Proc. of SPIE Vol.
  • a known method as described in 8328 83280N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technology for LWR Reduction and Etch Selection Enhancement” may be applied.
  • the pattern formed by the above-mentioned method can be used, for example, in the spacer process disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1991-270227 (JP-A-3-270227) and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0209941. Can be used as a core material.
  • the present invention also relates to a method of manufacturing an electronic device, including the above-described pattern forming method.
  • the electronic device manufactured by the electronic device manufacturing method of the present invention is suitably mounted on electric / electronic equipment (for example, home appliances, OA (Office Automation) related equipment, media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, and the like). Is done.
  • electric / electronic equipment for example, home appliances, OA (Office Automation) related equipment, media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, and the like.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • Table 2 shows the type of the corresponding monomer, the content of the repeating unit (a4), the type of the monomer corresponding to the other repeating unit, and the content of the other repeating unit.
  • the glass transition temperature of a homopolymer takes a catalog value or a literature value when there is a catalog value, and when there is no, a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) method.
  • DSC differential scanning calorimetry
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • Mn degree of dispersion
  • a thermal analysis DSC differential scanning calorimeter Q1000 manufactured by TA Instruments Japan Co., Ltd. was used, and the temperature was measured at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min.
  • the homopolymer used for the measurement of Tg was synthesized using the corresponding monomer by the following procedure.
  • the synthesis of the homopolymer is carried out by a general drop polymerization method.
  • 54 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was heated to 80 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. While stirring this solution, 125 parts by mass of a PGMEA solution containing 21% by mass of the corresponding monomer and 0.35% by mass of dimethyl 2,2′-azobisisobutyrate were added dropwise over 6 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • the glass transition temperature when the monomer (ME-2) corresponding to other repeating units contained in the resin AX-1 was a homopolymer was 100 ° C.
  • Table 3 shows the types, boiling points and viscosities of the solvents used.
  • PGMEA represents propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • PGME represents propylene glycol monomethyl ether.
  • Photoacid generator The structure of the photoacid generator used is shown below.
  • Salicylic acid was used as another additive.
  • ⁇ Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition Each component shown in Table 4 was mixed to obtain the solid content concentration (% by mass) shown in Table 4 to obtain a solution. Next, the obtained solution is filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 3 ⁇ m to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition) res-1 to res-20, res-1X to res -9X was prepared.
  • the solid content means all components other than the solvent.
  • each composition 25 kinds (Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Mn, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Zn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb) contained in each composition , Ti, V, W, Mo, and Zr) were measured using an ICP-MS device (Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometer) “Agilent 7500cs” manufactured by Agilent Technologies.
  • the content of each metal species was as follows. Each was less than 10 ppb (parts-per-billion).
  • the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio to the total solid content.
  • the film was baked at 130 ° C. for 60 seconds, immersed in a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) for 60 seconds, rinsed with water for 30 seconds, and dried. Exposure is performed through a mask having a line and space pattern such that the space pattern after the reduced projection exposure is 3 ⁇ m and the pitch is 33 ⁇ m, and the exposure amount is such that the formed space pattern is 3 ⁇ m and the pitch is 33 ⁇ m. Exposure (sensitivity) (mJ / cm 2 ). The measurement of the space pattern width was performed using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (9380I manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). According to the above procedure, an evaluation pattern wafer having a substrate and a pattern (resist pattern) formed on the substrate surface was obtained.
  • SEM scanning electron microscope
  • ⁇ Viscosity of resist composition> The viscosity of the prepared resist composition was measured at 25.0 ° C. using RE-85L manufactured by TOKISANGYO.
  • a spin coater “ACT-8” manufactured by Tokyo Electron a resist composition prepared without applying an anti-reflection layer was applied to a hexamethyldisilazane-treated Si substrate (manufactured by Advanced Materials Technology). Then, the substrate was dried and baked to form a resist film on the substrate.
  • a substrate (wafer) having a resist film is set in a dry etching apparatus (U-621, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), and a gas pressure of gas mixture of CF 4 , Ar, and N 2 (gas ratio, 1:10:10) is applied.
  • Exposure is performed through a mask having a line and space pattern such that the space pattern after the reduced projection exposure is 3 ⁇ m and the pitch is 33 ⁇ m, and the exposure amount is such that the formed space pattern is 3 ⁇ m and the pitch is 33 ⁇ m.
  • Exposure (sensitivity) (mJ / cm 2 ). The measurement of the space pattern width was performed using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (9380I manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.).
  • PCD time The longest storage time in which the space width of the obtained pattern was within the range of 3 ⁇ m ⁇ 30 nm was defined as “PCD time”, and the evaluation was made based on the following criteria.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which contains : a resin (A); a solvent (B); and a photoacid generator, wherein the resin (A) includes a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit (a1) derived from a monomer having a glass transition temperature of 50°C or less when formed into a homopolymer, and a repeating unit (a2) having an acid-decomposable group, and also includes a repeating unit having an aromatic ring, and the solvent (B) has a boiling point of 135°C or less, and a viscosity of 1.5 mPa or less. Also provided are a resist film using the composition, a pattern forming method, and a method for producing an electronic device.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、パターン形成方法、レジスト膜、及び電子デバイスの製造方法Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, resist film, and method for manufacturing electronic device

 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、パターン形成方法、レジスト膜、及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。

The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, a resist film, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.

 KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)用レジスト以降、光吸収による感度低下を補うためにレジストの画像形成方法として化学増幅という画像形成方法が用いられている。例えば、ポジ型の化学増幅の画像形成方法としては、エキシマレーザー、電子線、及び極紫外光等の露光により、露光部の光酸発生剤が分解し酸を生成させ、露光後のベーク(PEB:PostExposureBake)でその発生酸を反応触媒として利用してアルカリ不溶性の基をアルカリ可溶性の基に変化させ、アルカリ現像液により露光部を除去する画像形成方法が挙げられる。

Since the resist for KrF excimer laser (248 nm), an image forming method called chemical amplification has been used as a resist image forming method in order to compensate for a decrease in sensitivity due to light absorption. For example, as a positive type chemical amplification image forming method, a photoacid generator in an exposed portion is decomposed by exposure to an excimer laser, an electron beam, extreme ultraviolet light or the like to generate an acid, and a post-exposure bake (PEB) : Post Exposure Bake) to convert an alkali-insoluble group into an alkali-soluble group using the generated acid as a reaction catalyst, and remove an exposed portion with an alkali developing solution.

 一方で、昨今では露光光源の波長を利用した微細化は限界を迎えつつあり、特にインプラプロセス工程用途及びNANDメモリ(NOT ANDメモリ)においては、大容量化を目的としてメモリ層の三次元化が主流となりつつある。メモリ層の三次元化には縦方向への加工段数の増加が必要となるため、レジスト膜には、従来のナノ寸法からミクロン寸法への厚膜化が求められている。

On the other hand, in recent years, miniaturization using the wavelength of an exposure light source is approaching its limit. In particular, in an application process for an implantation process and a NAND memory (NOT AND memory), a three-dimensional memory layer is required to increase the capacity. It is becoming mainstream. Since increasing the number of processing steps in the vertical direction is required to make the memory layer three-dimensional, the resist film is required to be thicker from a conventional nano-size to a micron-size.

 例えば、特許文献1には、特定の樹脂と、特定の有機溶剤と、酸発生剤とを含有するレジスト組成物が記載されている。

For example, Patent Literature 1 describes a resist composition containing a specific resin, a specific organic solvent, and an acid generator.

特開2016-206673号公報JP 20162066673 A

 しかしながら、特許文献1に記載されたレジスト組成物からリソグラフィーにより形成される厚膜のパターンをマスクとして被エッチング物のエッチングを実施したところ、上記パターンからなるマスクにクラック(ひび割れ)が発生することが分かった。また、上記パターンの内部にボイド(空隙)が散見された。

 さらに、特許文献1に記載されたレジスト組成物を基板上に塗布し、乾燥させて得られた厚膜のレジスト膜を一定時間引き置いた後に、パターン露光及び現像を行ったところ、所望の線幅のパターンが得られないなどのCD(Critical Dimension)変動が発生することが分かった。すなわち、特許文献1に記載されたレジスト組成物は、PCD(Post Coating Delay)性能が劣っていることが分かった。

However, when an object to be etched is etched using a thick film pattern formed by lithography from the resist composition described in Patent Literature 1 as a mask, cracks (cracks) may occur in the mask formed of the pattern. Do you get it. In addition, voids (voids) were found inside the pattern.

Further, after applying a resist composition described in Patent Document 1 on a substrate and drying a thick resist film obtained for a certain period of time, pattern exposure and development were performed. It has been found that a CD (Critical Dimension) variation such as a failure to obtain a width pattern occurs. That is, it was found that the resist composition described in Patent Document 1 was inferior in PCD (Post Coating Delay) performance.

 そこで、本発明は、PCD性能に優れ、エッチングの際に、パターンにクラックが発生しにくく、かつパターンの内部にボイドが発生しにくいパターンを形成することができる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたレジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。

Therefore, the present invention provides an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin which is excellent in PCD performance and is capable of forming a pattern in which cracks are hardly generated in etching and in which voids are hardly generated inside the pattern. It is an object to provide a composition, a resist film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.

 本発明者らは、上記課題を解決すべく鋭意検討した結果、特定構造の樹脂と、特定の沸点及び特定の粘度を有する溶剤と含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によれば、上記課題を解決することができることを見出し、本発明を完成させた。

 すなわち、本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記目的を達成することができることを見出した。

The present inventors have conducted intensive studies to solve the above-described problems, and according to the active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin having a specific structure and a solvent having a specific boiling point and a specific viscosity. The present inventors have found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved, and completed the present invention.

That is, the present inventors have found that the above configuration can achieve the above object.

[1]

 樹脂(A)と、溶剤(B)と、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物とを含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、

 上記樹脂(A)は、ホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度が50℃以下であるモノマーを由来とする繰り返し単位(a1)と、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)とを含み、

 上記繰り返し単位(a1)は、非酸分解性の繰り返し単位であり、

 上記樹脂(A)は、芳香族環を有する繰り返し単位を有し、

 上記溶剤(B)は、沸点が135℃以下で、かつ粘度が1.5mPa・s以下であり、

 膜厚1~30μmの膜を形成するために用いられる、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

[2]

 上記繰り返し単位(a1)が、下記一般式(1-2)で表される繰り返し単位である[1]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

[1]

An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A), a solvent (B), and a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation,

The resin (A) includes a repeating unit (a1) derived from a monomer having a glass transition temperature of 50 ° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer, and a repeating unit (a2) having an acid-decomposable group,

The repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit,

The resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring,

The solvent (B) has a boiling point of 135 ° C. or less and a viscosity of 1.5 mPa · s or less,

An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for forming a film having a thickness of 1 to 30 μm.

[2]

The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-2).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 一般式(1-2)中、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rは、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基を表す。

[3]

 上記繰り返し単位(a1)が、下記一般式(1-3)で表される繰り返し単位である[1]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

In the general formula (1-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. R 2 represents a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom in the chain.

[3]

The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-3).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

 一般式(1-3)中、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rは、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基、又は、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基を表す。

[4]

 上記溶剤(B)の粘度が1.2mPa・s以下である[1]~[3]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

[5]

 上記溶剤(B)が、芳香族系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、及びエステル系溶剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種である[1]~[4]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

[6]

 上記溶剤(B)が、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソブチル、及び酢酸ブチルから選ばれる少なくとも1種である[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

[7]

 上記溶剤(B)が、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、及びシクロペンタノンから選ばれる少なくとも1種である[1]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

[8]

 上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤の総量に対する上記溶剤(B)の含有量が20質量%以上である[1]~[7]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

[9]

 (i)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって基板上に膜厚が1~30μmの感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、

 (ii)上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に、活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程、及び、

 (iii)上記活性光線又は放射線が照射された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程、を有するパターン形成方法であって、

 上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、[1]~[8]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物である、パターン形成方法。

[10]

 [1]~[8]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成された膜厚が1~30μmのレジスト膜。

[11]

 [9]に記載のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法。

In the general formula (1-3), R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. R 4 may be a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the ring member. Represents an acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group.

[4]

The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the viscosity of the solvent (B) is 1.2 mPa · s or less.

[5]

The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive radiation according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the solvent (B) is at least one selected from an aromatic solvent, a ketone solvent, and an ester solvent. Resin composition.

[6]

The solvent according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the solvent (B) is at least one selected from methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, ethyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, and butyl acetate. Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

[7]

The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the solvent (B) is at least one selected from methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and cyclopentanone. object.

[8]

The photosensitive composition according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the content of the solvent (B) is 20% by mass or more based on the total amount of the solvent contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

[9]

(I) a step of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film having a thickness of 1 to 30 μm on a substrate with the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition;

(Ii) irradiating the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with actinic ray or radiation, and

(Iii) developing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film irradiated with the actinic ray or radiation using a developer.

A pattern forming method, wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8].

[10]

A resist film having a film thickness of 1 to 30 μm, formed by the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [8].

[11]

A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to [9].

 本発明によれば、PCD性能に優れ、エッチングの際に、パターンにクラックが発生しにくく、かつパターンの内部にボイドが発生しにくいパターンを形成することができる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたレジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。

According to the present invention, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin which is excellent in PCD performance, hardly generates cracks in a pattern during etching, and can form a pattern in which voids are hardly generated inside the pattern A composition, a resist film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device can be provided.

 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。

 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。

 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、軟X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。本明細書中における「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、及びEUV等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。

 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。

Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.

The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.

As used herein, the term “actinic ray” or “radiation” refers to, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet (EUV: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-ray, soft X-ray, and electron. It means a line (EB: Electron Beam) or the like. As used herein, “light” means actinic rays or radiation. Unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" in the present specification means not only exposure with a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet, X-ray, and EUV, but also electron beam and ion. Drawing by particle beams such as beams is also included.

In the present specification, “to” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit and an upper limit.

 本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートの少なくとも1種を表す。また(メタ)アクリル酸はアクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の少なくとも1種を表す。

 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー株式会社製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶剤:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー株式会社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。

In the present specification, (meth) acrylate represents at least one of acrylate and methacrylate. (Meth) acrylic acid represents at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.

In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), the number average molecular weight (Mn), and the degree of dispersion (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of a resin are determined by a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature: 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, detector: It is defined as a polystyrene-equivalent value obtained by a differential refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector).

 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を有する基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。

In the description of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation of not indicating substituted or unsubstituted includes a group having a substituent as well as a group having no substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Further, the “organic group” in the present specification refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.

 また、本明細書において、「置換基を有していてもよい」というときの置換基の種類、置換基の位置、及び、置換基の数は特に限定されない。置換基の数は例えば、1つ、2つ、3つ、又はそれ以上であってもよい。置換基の例としては水素原子を除く1価の非金属原子団を挙げることができ、例えば、以下の置換基Tから選択することができる。

Further, in the present specification, the type of the substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of the substituent when “may have a substituent” are not particularly limited. The number of substituents may be, for example, one, two, three or more. Examples of the substituent include a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom, and for example, can be selected from the following substituent T.

(置換基T)

 置換基Tとしては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びtert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェノキシ基及びp-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;メトキシカルボニル基、ブトキシカルボニル基及びフェノキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基及びベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基及びメトキサリル基等のアシル基;メチルスルファニル基及びtert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基;フェニルスルファニル基及びp-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基;アルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ヘテロアリール基;水酸基;カルボキシ基;ホルミル基;スルホ基;シアノ基;アルキルアミノカルボニル基;アリールアミノカルボニル基;スルホンアミド基;シリル基;アミノ基;モノアルキルアミノ基;ジアルキルアミノ基;アリールアミノ基;並びにこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。

(Substituent T)

Examples of the substituent T include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group; and an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group. Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and methoxalyl An alkylsulfanyl group such as a methylsulfanyl group and a tert-butylsulfanyl group; an arylsulfanyl group such as a phenylsulfanyl group and a p-tolylsulfanyl group; an alkyl group; Kill group; aryl group; heteroaryl group; hydroxyl group; carboxy group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfonamide group; silyl group; amino group; monoalkylamino group; An amino group; an arylamino group; and combinations thereof.

〔感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物〕

 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以後、単に「本発明の組成物」ともいう)は、樹脂(A)と、溶剤(B)と、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物とを含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、

 上記樹脂(A)は、ホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度が50℃以下であるモノマーを由来とする繰り返し単位(a1)と、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)とを含み、

 上記繰り返し単位(a1)は、非酸分解性の繰り返し単位であり、

 上記樹脂(A)は、芳香族環を有する繰り返し単位を有し、

 上記溶剤(B)は、沸点が135℃以下で、かつ粘度が1.5mPa・s以下であり、

 膜厚1~30μmの膜を形成するために用いられる、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物である。

(Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition)

The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “composition of the present invention”) comprises a resin (A), a solvent (B), and an acid or a radiation. An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a compound generating

The resin (A) includes a repeating unit (a1) derived from a monomer having a glass transition temperature of 50 ° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer, and a repeating unit (a2) having an acid-decomposable group,

The repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit,

The resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring,

The solvent (B) has a boiling point of 135 ° C. or less and a viscosity of 1.5 mPa · s or less,

An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for forming a film having a thickness of 1 to 30 μm.

 本発明の組成物は、いわゆるレジスト組成物であり、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であっても、ネガ型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。また、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であっても、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物であってもよい。なかでも、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であり、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であることが好ましい。

 本発明の組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。

The composition of the present invention is a so-called resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. Further, the resist composition may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development. Among them, a positive resist composition, and preferably a resist composition for alkali development.

The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.

 本発明の組成物により、PCD性能に優れ、エッチングの際に、パターンにクラックが発生しにくく、かつパターンの内部にボイドが発生しにくいパターンを形成することができる理由については詳細には明らかになっていないが、以下のように推定している。

 従来のレジスト組成物のPCD性能の問題は、レジスト組成物を用いて形成したレジスト膜中に残存する溶剤が引き置き時に揮発することに起因すると考えられる。また、エッチングの際にパターンに発生するクラック及びボイドについても、パターンに残存する溶剤に起因していると考えられる。すなわち、従来のレジスト組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成し、露光及び現像を経て得られたパターン(レジストパターン)には溶剤が残存しており、CD評価時に測長SEM(Scanning Electron Microscope)内にウェハを入れる際に行われる真空引き等の工程、又は上記パターンをマスクとして被エッチング物をエッチング(典型的にはプラズマエッチング)する際に行われる真空引き等の工程において、パターン内部に残存する溶剤が揮発し、パターンに応力が生じてクラックが発生したり、ボイドが発生したりすると考えられる。

 本発明では、揮発しやすい低沸点の溶剤(溶剤(B))を用い、かつレジスト膜及びレジストパターンを柔軟にして、残存する溶剤を揮発しやすくするために、酸分解性樹脂として、ホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度が50℃以下であるモノマーを由来とする繰り返し単位(繰り返し単位(a1))を有する樹脂(樹脂(A))を用いることで、上記課題を解決することができたものと考えられる。

 また、本発明では、低粘度の溶剤(溶剤(B))を用いることで、塗布時の溶剤揮発を促進することができ、膜中に残存する溶剤を少なくし、上記課題を解決することができたと考えられる。

The reason why the composition of the present invention can form a pattern which is excellent in PCD performance, hardly generates cracks in the pattern during etching, and hardly generates voids in the pattern is clearly explained in detail. Although it is not, it is estimated as follows.

It is considered that the problem of the PCD performance of the conventional resist composition is caused by the fact that the solvent remaining in the resist film formed using the resist composition volatilizes when left. Further, it is considered that cracks and voids generated in the pattern at the time of etching are also caused by the solvent remaining in the pattern. That is, a solvent is left in a pattern (resist pattern) obtained by forming a resist film using a conventional resist composition, and exposing and developing, and is used in a CD-evaluated SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope). In a process such as evacuation performed when a wafer is inserted into the substrate, or in a process such as evacuation performed when etching the object to be etched using the pattern as a mask (typically, plasma etching), it remains inside the pattern. It is considered that the solvent is volatilized, stress is generated in the pattern, cracks are generated, and voids are generated.

In the present invention, a homopolymer is used as an acid-decomposable resin in order to use a solvent having a low boiling point (solvent (B)) which is easy to volatilize, and to make the resist film and the resist pattern flexible and to easily volatilize the remaining solvent. The above problem could be solved by using a resin (resin (A)) having a repeating unit (repeating unit (a1)) derived from a monomer having a glass transition temperature of 50 ° C. or lower. It is considered something.

Further, in the present invention, by using a low-viscosity solvent (solvent (B)), the solvent volatilization at the time of coating can be promoted, the solvent remaining in the film can be reduced, and the above problem can be solved. It is considered possible.

<樹脂(A)>

 本発明の組成物に含まれる樹脂(A)は、ホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度(Tg)が50℃以下であるモノマーを由来とする繰り返し単位(a1)と、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)とを含み、上記繰り返し単位(a1)は非酸分解性の繰り返し単位である。また、樹脂(A)は、芳香族環を有する繰り返し単位を有する。

<Resin (A)>

The resin (A) contained in the composition of the present invention has a repeating unit (a1) derived from a monomer having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50 ° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer, and an acid-decomposable group. And the repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit. Further, the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring.

 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含有することから、酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する樹脂(酸分解性樹脂)である。つまり、後述する本発明のパターン形成方法において、典型的には、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を採用した場合には、ポジ型パターンが好適に形成され、現像液として有機系現像液を採用した場合には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。

Since the resin (A) contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, it is a resin (acid-decomposable resin) which is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase polarity. That is, in the pattern forming method of the present invention described later, typically, when an alkali developing solution is used as a developing solution, a positive pattern is suitably formed, and when an organic developing solution is used as a developing solution. , A negative pattern is suitably formed.

(繰り返し単位(a1))

 繰り返し単位(a1)は、ホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度が50℃以下であるモノマー(「モノマーa1」ともいう)を由来とする繰り返し単位である。

 また、繰り返し単位(a1)は非酸分解性の繰り返し単位である。したがって、繰り返し単位(a1)は酸分解性基を有さない。

(Repeating unit (a1))

The repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a glass transition temperature of 50 ° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer (also referred to as “monomer a1”).

The repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit. Therefore, the repeating unit (a1) does not have an acid-decomposable group.

 (ホモポリマーのガラス転移温度の測定方法)

 ホモポリマーのガラス転移温度は、カタログ値又は文献値がある場合はその値を採り、無い場合には、示差走査熱量測定(DSC:Differential scanning calorimetry)法によって測定する。Tgの測定に供するホモポリマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は18000とし、分散度(Mw/Mn)は1.7とする。DSC装置としては、ティー・エイ・インスツルメント・ジャパン(株)社製熱分析DSC示差走査熱量計Q1000型を用い、昇温速度は10℃/minで測定する。

 なお、Tgの測定に供するホモポリマーは、対応するモノマーを用いて公知の方法で合成すればよく、例えば一般的な滴下重合法などで合成することができる。以下に一例を示す。

 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)54質量部を窒素気流下、80℃に加熱した。この液を攪拌しながら、対応するモノマー21質量%、2,2’-アゾビスイソ酪酸ジメチル0.35質量%を含むPGMEA溶液125質量部を6時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、80℃で更に2時間攪拌した。反応液を放冷後、多量のメタノール/水(質量比9:1)で再沈殿、ろ過し、得られた固体を乾燥することでホモポリマー(Mw:18000、Mw/Mn:1.7)を得た。得られたホモポリマーをDSC測定に供した。DSC装置及び昇温速度は前述のとおりとした。

(Method of measuring glass transition temperature of homopolymer)

If there is a catalog value or literature value, the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer is taken. If not, the glass transition temperature is measured by a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC: Differential scanning calorimetry) method. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the homopolymer used for the measurement of Tg is 18,000, and the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is 1.7. As the DSC device, a thermal analysis DSC differential scanning calorimeter Q1000 manufactured by TA Instruments Japan Co., Ltd. is used, and the temperature is measured at a rate of 10 ° C./min.

The homopolymer used for the measurement of Tg may be synthesized by a known method using the corresponding monomer, and can be synthesized by, for example, a general drop polymerization method. An example is shown below.

54 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was heated to 80 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. While stirring this solution, 125 parts by mass of a PGMEA solution containing 21% by mass of the corresponding monomer and 0.35% by mass of dimethyl 2,2′-azobisisobutyrate were added dropwise over 6 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. After allowing the reaction solution to cool, it is reprecipitated with a large amount of methanol / water (mass ratio 9: 1), filtered, and the obtained solid is dried to obtain a homopolymer (Mw: 18000, Mw / Mn: 1.7). I got The obtained homopolymer was subjected to DSC measurement. The DSC apparatus and the heating rate were as described above.

 モノマーa1は、ホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度(Tg)が50℃以下であれば特に限定されず、PCD性能の向上、クラック発生の抑制、パターン内部のボイド低減の観点から、ホモポリマーとしたときのTgが30℃以下であることが好ましい。モノマーa1をホモポリマーとしたときのTgの下限は特に限定されず、-80℃以上の場合が多く、好ましくは-70℃以上であり、より好ましくは-60℃以上であり、更に好ましくは-50℃以上である。

The monomer a1 is not particularly limited as long as it has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 50 ° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer. From the viewpoints of improving PCD performance, suppressing crack generation, and reducing voids in the pattern, homopolymers are used. It is preferable that Tg at that time is 30 ° C. or lower. The lower limit of Tg when the monomer a1 is a homopolymer is not particularly limited, and is often −80 ° C. or higher, preferably −70 ° C. or higher, more preferably −60 ° C. or higher, and still more preferably −80 ° C. or higher. 50 ° C. or higher.

 繰り返し単位(a1)としては、残留溶剤をより揮発しやすくできる点で、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基を有する繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。本明細書において「非酸分解性」とは、光酸発生剤が発生する酸により、脱離/分解反応が起こらない性質を有することを意味する。

 つまり、「非酸分解性アルキル基」とは、より具体的には、光酸発生剤が発生する酸の作用により樹脂(A)から脱離しないアルキル基、又は、光酸発生剤が発生する酸の作用により分解しないアルキル基が挙げられる。

 非酸分解性アルキル基は直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。

 以下、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基を有する繰り返し単位について説明する。

The repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain because the residual solvent can be more easily volatilized. Is preferred. In the present specification, "non-acid-decomposable" means that the acid generated by the photoacid generator does not cause the elimination / decomposition reaction.

That is, the “non-acid-decomposable alkyl group” more specifically refers to an alkyl group that does not leave the resin (A) due to the action of the acid generated by the photoacid generator, or a photoacid generator. Examples include an alkyl group that is not decomposed by the action of an acid.

The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group may be linear or branched.

Hereinafter, a repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may include a hetero atom in the chain, will be described.

 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、炭素数が2~20のアルキル基、及び、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含有する炭素数2~20のアルキル基が挙げられる。

 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含有する炭素数2~20のアルキル基としては、例えば、1つ又は2つ以上の-CH-が、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた2価の有機基で置換されたアルキル基が挙げられる。上記Rは、水素原子、又は炭素数が1~6のアルキル基を表す。

 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基としては、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ラウリル基、ステアリル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、1-エチルペンチル基、及び2-エチルヘキシル基、並びに、これらの1つ又は2つ以上の-CH-が-O-又は-O-CO-で置換された1価のアルキル基が挙げられる。

The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, is not particularly limited. For example, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, Examples thereof include an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and containing an atom.

Examples of the alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a hetero atom in the chain include one or two or more —CH 2 — of —O—, —S—, —CO—, —NR 6 — Or an alkyl group substituted with a divalent organic group obtained by combining two or more of these. R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms that may contain a hetero atom in the chain includes, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, Heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, lauryl, stearyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl, and 2-ethylhexyl, and one or more of these And a monovalent alkyl group in which CH 2 — is substituted with —O— or —O—CO—.

 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基の炭素数としては、2以上16以下であることが好ましく、2以上10以下であることがより好ましく、2以上8以下であることが更に好ましい。

 なお、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基は、置換基(例えば置換基T)を有していてもよい。

The carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain and has 2 or more carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more and 16 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 10 or less. More preferably, it is 2 or more and 8 or less.

The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms may have a substituent (for example, substituent T).

 繰り返し単位(a1)は、下記一般式(1-2)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。

The repeating unit (a1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-2).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 一般式(1-2)中、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rは、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基を表す。

In the general formula (1-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. R 2 represents a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom in the chain.

 Rで表されるハロゲン原子としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。

 Rで表されるアルキル基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が挙げられ、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、及びtert-ブチル基等が挙げられる。なかでも、炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。

 Rで表されるシクロアルキル基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、炭素数5~10のシクロアルキル基が挙げられ、より具体的にはシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。

 Rとしては、なかでも、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。

The halogen atom represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom and the like.

The alkyl group represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a tert-butyl group. . Among them, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable.

The cycloalkyl group represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, and more specifically, a cyclohexyl group.

The R 1, preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.

 Rで表される鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基の定義及び好適態様は、上述した通りである。

The definition and preferred embodiments of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom in the chain represented by R 2 are as described above.

 また、繰り返し単位(a1)は、残留溶剤をより揮発しやすくできる点で、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基、又は、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基を有する繰り返し単位であってもよい。

 以下、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基、又は、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基を有する繰り返し単位について説明する。

In addition, the repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a ring member because the residual solvent can be more easily volatilized. It may be a repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom.

Hereinafter, a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in a ring member. The repeating unit having a functional cycloalkyl group will be described.

 非酸分解性アルキル基としては、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。

 非酸分解性アルキル基の炭素数は、2以上が好ましく、ホモポリマーのTgが50℃以下とする観点から、上記非酸分解性アルキル基の炭素数の上限は、例えば20以下であることが好ましい。

The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group may be linear or branched.

The carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group is preferably 2 or more, and from the viewpoint that the Tg of the homopolymer is 50 ° C or lower, the upper limit of the carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group is, for example, 20 or less. preferable.

 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、非酸分解性アルキル基としては、特に限定されず、例えば、炭素数が2~20のアルキル基、及び、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含有する炭素数2~20のアルキル基が挙げられる。なお、上記アルキル基中の水素原子の少なくとも一つは、カルボキシ基又は水酸基で置換されている。

 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含有する炭素数2~20のアルキル基としては、例えば、1つ又は2つ以上の-CH-が、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた2価の有機基で置換されたアルキル基が挙げられる。上記Rは、水素原子、又は炭素数が1~6のアルキル基を表す。

The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and a carbon number having a hetero atom in the chain. And 2 to 20 alkyl groups. In addition, at least one of the hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group is substituted with a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.

Examples of the alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms containing a hetero atom in the chain include one or two or more —CH 2 — of —O—, —S—, —CO—, —NR 6 — Or an alkyl group substituted with a divalent organic group obtained by combining two or more of these. R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、非酸分解性アルキル基の炭素数としては、耐クラック性により優れる(クラックが発生しにくい)点で、2~16が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~8が更に好ましい。

 なお、非酸分解性アルキル基は、置換基(例えば置換基T)を有していてもよい。

 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含有する、カルボキシ基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例としては例えば下記構造の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。

The carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable alkyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain is preferably from 2 to 16, and more preferably from 2 to 10, from the viewpoint of being more excellent in crack resistance (hard to generate cracks). Preferably, 2 to 8 are more preferable.

The non-acid-decomposable alkyl group may have a substituent (for example, substituent T).

Specific examples of the repeating unit having a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group and containing a hetero atom in the chain include a repeating unit having the following structure.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 非酸分解性シクロアルキル基の炭素数は、5以上が好ましく、ホモポリマーのTgが50℃以下とする観点から、上記非酸分解性シクロアルキル基の炭素数の上限は、例えば20以下であることが好ましく、16以下であることがより好ましく、10以下であることが更に好ましい。

The carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group is preferably 5 or more, and from the viewpoint that the Tg of the homopolymer is 50 ° C or less, the upper limit of the carbon number of the non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group is, for example, 20 or less. Is preferably, and more preferably 16 or less, and further preferably 10 or less.

 環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、非酸分解性シクロアルキル基としては、特に限定されず、例えば、炭素数が5~20のシクロアルキル基(より具体的にはシクロヘキシル基)、及び、環員にヘテロ原子を含有する炭素数5~20のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。なお、上記シクロアルキル基中の水素原子の少なくとも一つは、カルボキシ基又は水酸基で置換されている。

 環員にヘテロ原子を含有する炭素数5~20のシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、1つ又は2つ以上の-CH-が、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた2価の有機基で置換されたシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。上記Rは、水素原子、又は炭素数が1~6のアルキル基を表す。

 なお、非酸分解性シクロアルキル基は、置換基(例えば置換基T)を有していてもよい。

The non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the ring member is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms (more specifically, a cyclohexyl group), and And a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms containing a heteroatom in the ring member. In addition, at least one of the hydrogen atoms in the cycloalkyl group is substituted with a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.

Examples of the C 5-20 cycloalkyl group containing a heteroatom as a ring member include one or more of —CH 2 — in which —O—, —S—, —CO—, and —NR 6 Or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a divalent organic group obtained by combining two or more of these. R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

The non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group may have a substituent (for example, substituent T).

 鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基、又は、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基を有する繰り返し単位としては、本発明の効果により優れる点で、なかでも、下記一般式(1-3)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。

A non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a non-acid-decomposable cyclo group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in a ring member. As the repeating unit having an alkyl group, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-3) is particularly preferable in terms of being more excellent in the effects of the present invention.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 一般式(1-3)中、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rは、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基、又は、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基を表す。

In the general formula (1-3), R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. R 4 may be a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the ring member. Represents an acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group.

 一般式(1-3)中、Rは、上述したRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同じである。

In formula (1-3), R 3 has the same meaning as R 1 described above, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.

 Rで表される鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基、又は、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基の定義及び好適態様は、上述した通りである。

 なかでも、Rとしては、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基又は水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基が好ましい。

A non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain represented by R 4 , or a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the ring member. The definition and the preferable embodiment of the non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group are as described above.

Among them, R 4 is preferably a non-acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group, which may contain a hetero atom in the ring member.

 モノマーa1としては、例えば、エチルアクリレート(-22℃)、n-プロピルアクリレート(-37℃)、イソプロピルアクリレート(-5℃)、n-ブチルアクリレート(-55℃)、n-ブチルメタクリレート(20℃)、n-へキシルアクリレート(-57℃)、n-ヘキシルメタクリレート(-5℃)、n-オクチルメタクリレート(-20℃)、2-エチルへキシルアクリレート(-70℃)、イソノニルアクリレート(-82℃)、ラウリルメタクリレート(-65℃)、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(-15℃)、2-ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート(26℃)、コハク酸1-[2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル](9℃)、2-エチルへキシルメタクリレート(-10℃)、sec-ブチルアクリレート(-26℃)、メトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート(n=2)(-20℃)、ヘキサデシルアクリレート(35℃)、4-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルアクリレート(15℃)等が挙げられる。なお、括弧内は、ホモポリマーとしたときのTg(℃)を表す。

Examples of the monomer a1 include ethyl acrylate (−22 ° C.), n-propyl acrylate (−37 ° C.), isopropyl acrylate (−5 ° C.), n-butyl acrylate (−55 ° C.), and n-butyl methacrylate (20 ° C.). ), N-hexyl acrylate (−57 ° C.), n-hexyl methacrylate (−5 ° C.), n-octyl methacrylate (−20 ° C.), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (−70 ° C.), isononyl acrylate (− 82 ° C), lauryl methacrylate (-65 ° C), 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (-15 ° C), 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate (26 ° C), 1- [2- (methacryloyloxy) ethyl] succinate (9 ° C) , 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (-10 ° C), sec-butyl acrylate -26 ° C.), methoxy polyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (n = 2) (- 20 ℃), hexadecyl acrylate (35 ℃), 4- hydroxycyclohexyl acrylate (15 ° C.), and the like. The values in parentheses indicate Tg (° C.) of the homopolymer.

 なお、メトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート(n=2)は下記構造の化合物である。

Note that methoxypolyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (n = 2) is a compound having the following structure.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 モノマーa1は、n-ブチルアクリレート、n-ヘキシルメタクリレート、n-オクチルメタクリレート、2-エチルヘキシルメタクリレ-ト、2-エチルへキシルアクリレート、4-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルアクリレート又はラウリルメタクリレートであることが好ましい。

The monomer a1 is preferably n-butyl acrylate, n-hexyl methacrylate, n-octyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 4-hydroxycyclohexyl acrylate or lauryl methacrylate.

 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a1)を、1種のみで含んでもよく、2種以上含んでもよい。

 樹脂(A)において、繰り返し単位(a1)の含有量(繰り返し単位(a1)が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、5モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましく、50モル%以下が好ましく、40モル%以下がより好ましく、30モル%以下が更に好ましい。なかでも、樹脂(A)中における繰り返し単位(a1)の含有量(繰り返し単位(a1)が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して5~50モル%が好ましく、5~40モル%がより好ましく、5~30モル%が更に好ましい。

The resin (A) may include only one type of the repeating unit (a1), or may include two or more types of the repeating unit (a1).

In the resin (A), the content of the repeating unit (a1) (when there are a plurality of repeating units (a1), the total thereof) is preferably at least 5 mol% based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). 10 mol% or more is more preferable, 50 mol% or less is preferable, 40 mol% or less is more preferable, and 30 mol% or less is still more preferable. In particular, the content of the repeating unit (a1) in the resin (A) (when there are a plurality of repeating units (a1), the total content thereof) is 5 to 50 mol% based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). Is preferably 5 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 30 mol%.

(繰り返し単位(a2))

 樹脂(A)は酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)を有する。

 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)を1種単独で有していてよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。

 樹脂(A)において、繰り返し単位(a2)の含有量(繰り返し単位(a2)が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して20モル%以下であることが好ましく、PCD性能、耐クラック性、パターン内部のボイド抑制及び耐エッチング性により優れる点で、15モル%以下がより好ましい。なお、繰り返し単位(a2)の含有量の下限は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、例えば、3モル%以上であり、5モル%以上が好ましい。

(Repeating unit (a2))

The resin (A) has a repeating unit (a2) having an acid-decomposable group.

The resin (A) may have one kind of the repeating unit (a2) having an acid-decomposable group, or may have two or more kinds thereof.

In the resin (A), the content of the repeating unit (a2) (when there are a plurality of repeating units (a2), the sum thereof) may be 20 mol% or less based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). It is more preferably 15 mol% or less in terms of PCD performance, crack resistance, suppression of voids inside the pattern and etching resistance. In addition, the lower limit of the content of the repeating unit (a2) is, for example, 3 mol% or more, and preferably 5 mol% or more, based on all the repeating units of the resin (A).

 酸分解性基としては、極性基が酸の作用により分解して脱離する基(脱離基)で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。

 極性基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホ基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基(2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液中で解離する基)、並びにアルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。

The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group capable of decomposing and leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group).

Examples of the polar group include a carboxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfo group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide Group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group And the like (a group that dissociates in a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide), and an alcoholic hydroxyl group.

 なお、アルコール性水酸基とは、炭化水素基に結合した水酸基であって、芳香環上に直接結合した水酸基(フェノール性水酸基)以外の水酸基をいい、水酸基としてα位がフッ素原子等の電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール(例えば、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基等)は除く。アルコール性水酸基としては、pKa(酸解離定数)が12以上20以下の水酸基であることが好ましい。

The alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and refers to a hydroxyl group other than a hydroxyl group (phenolic hydroxyl group) directly bonded to an aromatic ring. Aliphatic alcohols substituted with a functional group (eg, hexafluoroisopropanol group) are excluded. The alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.

 好ましい極性基としては、カルボキシ基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、及びスルホ基が挙げられる。

Preferred polar groups include a carboxy group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), and a sulfo group.

 酸分解性基として好ましい基は、これらの基の水素原子を酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)で置換した基である。

 酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、及び-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等が挙げられる。

 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。

 R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。

Preferred groups as the acid-decomposable group are groups in which a hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group).

Examples of the group leaving by the action of an acid (leaving group) include -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), and- C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ) and the like.

In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may combine with each other to form a ring.

R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.

 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルキル基は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、へキシル基、及びオクチル基等が挙げられる。

 R36~R39、R01及びR02のシクロアルキル基は、単環でも、多環でもよい。

単環のシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基等が挙げられる。多環のシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基、カンファニル基、ジシクロペンチル基、α-ピネル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデシル基、及びアンドロスタニル基等が挙げられる。なお、シクロアルキル基中の少なくとも1つの炭素原子が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。

 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアリール基は、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びアントリル基等が挙げられる。

 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、及びナフチルメチル基等が挙げられる。

 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルケニル基は、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基が好ましく、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、及びシクロへキセニル基等が挙げられる。

 R36とR37とが互いに結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基(単環又は多環)であることが好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。

The alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl And octyl groups.

Cycloalkyl group R 36 ~ R 39, R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.

As the monocyclic cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. The polycyclic cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphanyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an α-pinel group, a tricyclodecanyl group, Examples include a tetracyclododecyl group and an androstanyl group. In addition, at least one carbon atom in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted by a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.

The aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.

The aralkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.

The alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group and the like.

The ring formed by bonding R 36 and R 37 to each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). As the cycloalkyl group, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferable. .

 酸分解性基として、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、アセタールエステル基、又は第3級のアルキルエステル基等が好ましく、アセタール基、又は第3級アルキルエステル基がより好ましい。

The acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, or a tertiary alkyl ester group, and more preferably an acetal group or a tertiary alkyl ester group.

 ・-COO-基が酸の作用により分解して脱離する脱離基で保護された構造(酸分解性基)を有する繰り返し単位

 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。

.Repeating units having a structure (acid-decomposable group) protected by a leaving group in which a -COO- group is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid

The resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI) as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 一般式(AI)において、

 Xaは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。

 Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。

 Rx~Rxは、各々独立に、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。

 Rx~Rxのいずれか2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、形成しなくてもよい。

In the general formula (AI),

Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.

T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.

Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.

Any two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may or may not form a ring structure.

 Tの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-COO-Rt-、及び-O-Rt-等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基又はアリーレン基を表す。

 Tは、単結合又は-COO-Rt-が好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5の鎖状アルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-、-(CH-、又は-(CH-がより好ましい。Tは、単結合であることがより好ましい。

Examples of the divalent linking group for T include an alkylene group, an arylene group, -COO-Rt-, -O-Rt-, and the like. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or an arylene group.

T is preferably a single bond or -COO-Rt-. Rt is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably —CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 2 —, or — (CH 2 ) 3 —. T is more preferably a single bond.

 Xaは、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましい。

 Xaのアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、及びハロゲン原子(好ましくは、フッ素原子)が挙げられる。

 Xaのアルキル基は、炭素数1~4が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基及びトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられる。Xaのアルキル基は、メチル基であることが好ましい。

Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.

The alkyl group of Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably, a fluorine atom).

The alkyl group of Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group. The alkyl group for Xa 1 is preferably a methyl group.

 Rx、Rx及びRxのアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、又はt-ブチル基等が好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。Rx、Rx及びRxのアルキル基は、炭素間結合の一部が二重結合であってもよい。

 Rx、Rx及びRxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。

The alkyl group for Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and may be a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, An isobutyl group or a t-butyl group is preferred. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 to 3. In the alkyl groups of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , some of the carbon-carbon bonds may be double bonds.

Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group Are preferred.

 Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、シクロヘプチル環、及びシクロオクタン環等の単環のシクロアルカン環、又はノルボルナン環、テトラシクロデカン環、テトラシクロドデカン環、及びアダマンタン環等の多環のシクロアルキル環が好ましい。なかでも、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、又はアダマンタン環がより好ましい。Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、下記に示す構造も好ましい。

Examples of the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, a cycloheptyl ring, and a cyclooctane ring, a norbornane ring, and a tetracyclo ring. Polycyclic cycloalkyl rings such as a decane ring, a tetracyclododecane ring, and an adamantane ring are preferred. Among them, a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, or an adamantane ring is more preferred. As the ring structure formed by combining two of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , the following structures are also preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 以下に一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。下記の具体例は、一般式(AI)におけるXaがメチル基である場合に相当するが、Xaは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基に任意に置換することができる。

Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. The following specific examples correspond to the case where Xa 1 in the general formula (AI) is a methyl group, and Xa 1 can be arbitrarily substituted with a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0336>~<0369>に記載の繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。

The resin (A) also preferably has, as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit described in paragraphs <0336> to <0369> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1.

 また、樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0363>~<0364>に記載された酸の作用により分解してアルコール性水酸基を生じる基を含む繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。

The resin (A) is decomposed by the action of an acid described in paragraphs <0363> to <0364> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group to form an alcoholic resin. It may have a repeating unit containing a group generating a hydroxyl group.

 ・フェノール性水酸基が酸の作用により分解して脱離する脱離基で保護された構造(酸分解性基)を有する繰り返し単位

 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、フェノール性水酸基が酸の作用により分解して脱離する脱離基で保護された構造を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、フェノール性水酸基とは、芳香族炭化水素基の水素原子をヒドロキシル基で置換してなる基である。芳香族炭化水素基の芳香環は単環又は多環の芳香環であり、ベンゼン環及びナフタレン環等が挙げられる。

.Repeating unit having a structure (acid-decomposable group) protected by a leaving group in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid

The resin (A) preferably has, as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having a structure in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is protected by a leaving group which is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid. In the present specification, the phenolic hydroxyl group is a group obtained by replacing a hydrogen atom of an aromatic hydrocarbon group with a hydroxyl group. The aromatic ring of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring, such as a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring.

 酸の作用により分解して脱離する脱離基としては、例えば、式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基を挙げることができる。

 式(Y1):-C(Rx)(Rx)(Rx

 式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx)(Rx)(Rx

 式(Y3):-C(R36)(R37)(OR38

 式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar)

Examples of the leaving group that is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).

Formula (Y1): —C (Rx 1 ) (Rx 2 ) (Rx 3 )

Formula (Y2): —C (= O) OC (Rx 1 ) (Rx 2 ) (Rx 3 )

Formula (Y3): —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 38 )

Formula (Y4): —C (Rn) (H) (Ar)

 式(Y1)、(Y2)中、Rx~Rxは、各々独立に、アルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)又はシクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)を表す。但し、Rx~Rxの全てがアルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)である場合、Rx~Rxのうち少なくとも2つはメチル基であることが好ましい。

 なかでも、Rx~Rxは、各々独立に、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基を表す繰り返し単位であることがより好ましく、Rx~Rxが、各々独立に、直鎖状のアルキル基を表す繰り返し単位であることが更に好ましい。

 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して、単環若しくは多環を形成してもよい。

 Rx~Rxのアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及びt-ブチル基等の炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましい。

 Rx~Rxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。

 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。なかでも、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。

 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、又は、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。

 式(Y1)及び(Y2)で表される基は、例えば、Rxがメチル基又はエチル基であり、RxとRxとが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様が好ましい。

In formulas (Y1) and (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). However, when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups.

Among them, Rx 1 to Rx 3 are more preferably each independently a repeating unit representing a linear or branched alkyl group, and Rx 1 to Rx 3 are each independently a linear unit. More preferably, it is a repeating unit representing an alkyl group.

Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.

As the alkyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 , an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a t-butyl group is preferable. .

As the cycloalkyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 , a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic ring such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group Are preferred.

Examples of the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, and a tetracyclododecanyl. And a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an adamantyl group. Among them, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.

The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is, for example, a group in which one of methylene groups constituting a ring has a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. It may be replaced.

A group represented by formula (Y1) and (Y2) is, for example, Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, a mode of combining and the Rx 2 and Rx 3 form a cycloalkyl radical as defined above preferable.

 式(Y3)中、R36~R38は、各々独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。R37とR38とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、アルケニル基等が挙げられる。R36は、水素原子であることが好ましい。

In the formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may combine with each other to form a ring. Examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group. R 36 is preferably a hydrogen atom.

 式(Y4)中、Arは、芳香族炭化水素基を表す。Rnは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。RnとArとは互いに結合して非芳香族環を形成してもよい。Arはより好ましくはアリール基である。

In the formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may combine with each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is more preferably an aryl group.

 フェノール性水酸基が酸の作用により分解して脱離する脱離基で保護された構造(酸分解性基)を有する繰り返し単位としては、フェノール性水酸基における水素原子が式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基によって保護された構造を有するものが好ましい。

As the repeating unit having a structure (acid-decomposable group) protected by a leaving group in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid, a hydrogen atom in the phenolic hydroxyl group is represented by any of formulas (Y1) to (Y4) Those having a structure protected by a group represented by

 フェノール性水酸基が酸の作用により分解して脱離する脱離基で保護された構造(酸分解性基)を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(AII)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。

As the repeating unit having a structure (acid-decomposable group) protected by a leaving group in which a phenolic hydroxyl group is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AII) is preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 一般式(AII)中、

 R61、R62及びR63は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。但し、R62はArと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR62は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。

 Xは、単結合、-COO-、又は-CONR64-を表す。R64は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。

 Lは、単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。

 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、R62と結合して環を形成する場合には(n+2)価の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。

 Yは、n≧2の場合には各々独立に、水素原子又は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。但し、Yの少なくとも1つは、酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。Yとしての酸の作用により脱離する基は、式(Y1)~(Y4)であることが好ましい。

 nは、1~4の整数を表す。

In the general formula (AII),

R 61 , R 62 and R 63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group. However, R 62 may be bonded to Ar 6 to form a ring, in which case R 62 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.

X 6 represents a single bond, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —. R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.

L 6 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.

Ar 6 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group when bonded to R 62 to form a ring.

Y 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid when n ≧ 2. However, at least one of Y 2 represents a group which is eliminated by the action of an acid. The group leaving by the action of an acid as Y 2 is preferably any of formulas (Y1) to (Y4).

n represents an integer of 1 to 4.

 上記各基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、及びアルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)等が挙げられ、炭素数8以下のものが好ましい。

Each of the above groups may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and Examples thereof include an alkoxycarbonyl group (having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and those having 8 or less carbon atoms are preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

(その他の繰り返し単位)

 樹脂(A)は、上記した繰り返し単位以外に、その他の繰り返し単位を含有してもよい。

 以下に、樹脂(A)が含有し得るその他の繰り返し単位について詳述する。

(Other repeating units)

The resin (A) may contain other repeating units in addition to the above-mentioned repeating units.

Hereinafter, other repeating units that may be contained in the resin (A) will be described in detail.

(カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位(a3))

 樹脂(A)は上記繰り返し単位(a1)及び繰り返し単位(a2)に加えて、さらにカルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位(a3)を有していてもよい。

 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a3)を含有することにより、アルカリ現像時の溶解速度により優れる。

 繰り返し単位(a3)としては、例えば、下記に示す(メタ)アクリル酸由来の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。

(Repeating unit having carboxyl group (a3))

The resin (A) may have a repeating unit (a3) having a carboxy group in addition to the repeating unit (a1) and the repeating unit (a2).

Since the resin (A) contains the repeating unit (a3), the resin (A) is more excellent in dissolution rate during alkali development.

Examples of the repeating unit (a3) include the following repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a3)を、1種単独で有していてよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。

 樹脂(A)において、繰り返し単位(a3)の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~10モル%が好ましく、2~8モル%がより好ましい。

The resin (A) may have one type of the repeating unit (a3) alone, or may have two or more types of the repeating unit (a3) in combination.

In the resin (A), the content of the repeating unit (a3) is preferably from 1 to 10 mol%, more preferably from 2 to 8 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).

(フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a4))

 樹脂(A)は上記繰り返し単位(a1)及び繰り返し単位(a2)に加えて、さらにフェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a4)を有していてもよい。

 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a4)を含有することにより、アルカリ現像時の溶解速度により優れ、かつ耐エッチング性に優れる。

(Repeating unit (a4) having a phenolic hydroxyl group)

The resin (A) may further have a repeating unit (a4) having a phenolic hydroxyl group in addition to the repeating unit (a1) and the repeating unit (a2).

Since the resin (A) contains the repeating unit (a4), the resin (A) is excellent in dissolution rate during alkali development and excellent in etching resistance.

 フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては、特に限定されないが、ヒドロキシスチレン繰り返し単位、又は、ヒドロキシスチレン(メタ)アクリレート繰り返し単位が挙げられる。フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(I)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。

The repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is not particularly limited, but includes a hydroxystyrene repeating unit or a hydroxystyrene (meth) acrylate repeating unit. As the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (I) is preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

 式中、

 R41、R42及びR43は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。但し、R42はArと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR42は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。

 Xは、単結合、-COO-、又は-CONR64-を表し、R64は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。

 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。

 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、R42と結合して環を形成する場合には(n+2)価の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。

 nは、1~5の整数を表す。

 一般式(I)で表される繰り返し単位を高極性化する目的では、nが2以上の整数、又はXが-COO-、又は-CONR64-であることも好ましい。

Where:

R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. However, R 42 may combine with Ar 4 to form a ring, in which case R 42 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.

X 4 represents a single bond, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —, and R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.

L 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.

Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, and represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group when bonded to R 42 to form a ring.

n represents an integer of 1 to 5.

For the purpose of increasing the polarity of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I), it is also preferable that n is an integer of 2 or more, or X 4 is —COO— or —CONR 64 —.

 一般式(I)におけるR41、R42、及びR43で表されるアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよいメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、及びドデシル基等の炭素数20以下のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数8以下のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3以下のアルキル基が更に好ましい。

Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I) include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, which may have a substituent. An alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms such as a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group, and a dodecyl group is preferable, an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms is preferable. More preferred.

 一般式(I)におけるR41、R42、及びR43で表されるシクロアルキル基としては、単環でも、多環でもよい。置換基を有していてもよい、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の炭素数3~8個で単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。

 一般式(I)におけるR41、R42、及びR43で表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。

 一般式(I)におけるR41、R42、及びR43で表されるアルコキシカルボニル基に含まれるアルキル基としては、上記R41、R42、及びR43におけるアルキル基と同様のものが好ましい。

The cycloalkyl group represented by R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I) may be monocyclic or polycyclic. A monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group, which may have a substituent, is preferable.

Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I) include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.

As the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I), the same alkyl groups as those described above for R 41 , R 42 and R 43 are preferable.

 上記各基における好ましい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、ウレタン基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオエーテル基、アシル基、アシロキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、及びニトロ基等が挙げられ、置換基の炭素数は8以下が好ましい。

Preferred substituents in each of the above groups include, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amide group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thioether group, and an acyl group. Groups, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group and the like, and the substituent preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms.

 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。nが1である場合における2価の芳香族炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基、及びアントラセニレン基等の炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、又は、例えば、チオフェン、フラン、ピロール、ベンゾチオフェン、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾピロール、トリアジン、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、トリアゾール、チアジアゾール、及びチアゾール等のヘテロ環を含む芳香族炭化水素基が好ましい。

Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group. When n is 1, the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent, for example, arylene having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, and an anthracenylene group. Preferred are groups or aromatic hydrocarbon groups containing heterocycles such as, for example, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, and thiazole.

 nが2以上の整数である場合における(n+1)価の芳香族炭化水素基の具体例としては、2価の芳香族炭化水素基の上記した具体例から、(n-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基を好適に挙げることができる。

 (n+1)価の芳香族炭化水素基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。

Specific examples of the (n + 1) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include, from the above-described specific examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, (n-1) arbitrary A group obtained by removing a hydrogen atom can be preferably exemplified.

The (n + 1) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent.

 上述したアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基及び(n+1)価の芳香族炭化水素基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、一般式(I)におけるR41、R42、及びR43で挙げたアルキル基;メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ヒドロキシエトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ヒドロキシプロポキシ基、及びブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェニル基等のアリール基;等が挙げられる。

 Xにより表される-CONR64-(R64は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す)におけるR64のアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよい、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、及びドデシル基等の炭素数20以下のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数8以下のアルキル基がより好ましい。

 Xとしては、単結合、-COO-、又は-CONH-が好ましく、単結合、又は-COO-がより好ましい。

Examples of the substituent which the above-mentioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group and (n + 1) -valent aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include, for example, R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I). The above-mentioned alkyl groups; alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, hydroxyethoxy group, propoxy group, hydroxypropoxy group and butoxy group; aryl groups such as phenyl group;

-CONR 64 represented by X 4 - (R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group) The alkyl group for R 64 in, which may have a substituent, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group Alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms, such as isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group, and dodecyl group, are preferred, and alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms are more preferred. .

X 4 is preferably a single bond, —COO—, or —CONH—, and more preferably a single bond or —COO—.

 Lとしての2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基であることが好ましく、アルキレン基としては、置換基を有していてもよい、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、及びオクチレン基等の炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が好ましい。

 Arとしては、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、ベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基、又はビフェニレン環基がより好ましい。なかでも、一般式(I)で表される繰り返し単位は、ヒドロキシスチレンに由来する繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。即ち、Arは、ベンゼン環基であることが好ましい。

The divalent linking group as L 4 is preferably an alkylene group. As the alkylene group, a methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group, which may have a substituent, And an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as octylene group.

Ar 4 is preferably an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, or a biphenylene ring group. Among them, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably a repeating unit derived from hydroxystyrene. That is, Ar 4 is preferably a benzene ring group.

 以下、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。式中、aは1又は2を表す。

Hereinafter, specific examples of the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group are shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, a represents 1 or 2.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a4)を1種単独で有していてもよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。

 樹脂(A)において、繰り返し単位(a4)の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、40モル%以上が好ましく、50モル%以上がより好ましく、60モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、繰り返し単位(a4)の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、85モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましい。

The resin (A) may have one type of the repeating unit (a4) alone, or may have two or more types of the repeating unit (a4) in combination.

In the resin (A), the content of the repeating unit (a4) is preferably at least 40 mol%, more preferably at least 50 mol%, and even more preferably at least 60 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). preferable. Further, the content of the repeating unit (a4) is preferably at most 85 mol%, more preferably at most 80 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).

(繰り返し単位(a5))

 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位(a5)を有していてもよい。

(Repeating unit (a5))

The resin (A) may have a repeating unit (a5) having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure.

 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればよく、5~7員環ラクトン構造又は5~7員環スルトン構造が好ましい。なかでも、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環ラクトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているもの、又は、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環スルトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているもの、がより好ましい。

 樹脂(A)は、下記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造、又は、下記一般式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を有することが更に好ましい。また、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。好ましい構造としては、一般式(LC1-1)、一般式(LC1-4)、一般式(LC1-5)、一般式(LC1-8)、一般式(LC1-16)、若しくは一般式(LC1-21)で表されるラクトン構造、又は、一般式(SL1-1)で表されるスルトン構造が挙げられる。

The lactone structure or sultone structure may have a lactone structure or a sultone structure, and is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered sultone structure. Among them, a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure in which a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is formed and another ring structure is condensed, or a 5- to 7-membered ring in which a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is formed is formed. Those in which another ring structure is fused to the sultone structure are more preferred.

The resin (A) has a lactone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or any one of the following general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) It is more preferred to have a repeating unit having a sultone structure represented. Further, a lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain. As a preferable structure, general formula (LC1-1), general formula (LC1-4), general formula (LC1-5), general formula (LC1-8), general formula (LC1-16), or general formula (LC1-16) A lactone structure represented by -21) or a sultone structure represented by the general formula (SL1-1).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

 ラクトン構造部分又はスルトン構造部分は、置換基(Rb)を有していても、有していなくてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、及び酸分解性基等が挙げられ、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、シアノ基、又は酸分解性基が好ましい。nは、0~4の整数を表す。nが2以上の時、複数存在する置換基(Rb)は、同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在する置換基(Rb)同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。

The lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxy group. , A halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, or an acid-decomposable group is preferable. n 2 represents an integer of 0-4. When n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. Further, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。

As the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III) is preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 上記一般式(III)中、

 Aは、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)又はアミド結合(-CONH-で表される基)を表す。

 nは、-R-Z-で表される構造の繰り返し数であり、0~5の整数を表し、0又は1であることが好ましく、0であることがより好ましい。nが0である場合、-R-Z-は存在せず、単結合となる。

 Rは、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。Rが複数個ある場合、Rは、各々独立に、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。

 Zは、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合又はウレア結合を表す。Zが複数個ある場合には、Zは、各々独立に、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合又はウレア結合を表す。

 Rは、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基を表す。

 Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。

In the above general formula (III),

A represents an ester bond (a group represented by —COO—) or an amide bond (a group represented by —CONH—).

n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by —R 0 —Z—, represents an integer of 0 to 5, is preferably 0 or 1, and is more preferably 0. When n is 0, -R 0 -Z- does not exist and becomes a single bond.

R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof. If R 0 is plural, R 0 each independently represents a alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof.

Z represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond. When there are two or more Zs, each independently represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.

R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.

R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).

 Rのアルキレン基又はシクロアルキレン基は置換基を有してもよい。

 Zとしては、エーテル結合、又はエステル結合が好ましく、エステル結合がより好ましい。

The alkylene group or cycloalkylene group of R 0 may have a substituent.

As Z, an ether bond or an ester bond is preferable, and an ester bond is more preferable.

 樹脂(A)は、カーボネート構造を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。カーボネート構造は、環状炭酸エステル構造であることが好ましい。

 環状炭酸エステル構造を有する繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。

The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a carbonate structure. The carbonate structure is preferably a cyclic carbonate structure.

The repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate structure is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

 一般式(A-1)中、R は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。

 nは0以上の整数を表す。

 R は、置換基を表す。nが2以上の場合、R は、各々独立して、置換基を表す。

 Aは、単結合、又は2価の連結基を表す。

 Zは、式中の-O-C(=O)-O-で表される基と共に単環構造又は多環構造を形成する原子団を表す。

In the general formula (A-1), R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).

n represents an integer of 0 or more.

R A 2 represents a substituent. when n is 2 or more, R A 2 each independently represent a substituent.

A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.

Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure together with the group represented by -OC (= O) -O- in the formula.

 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位として、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0370>~<0414>に記載の繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。

The resin (A) is a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure, and is described in paragraphs <0370> to <0414> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1. It is also preferable to have the repeating unit described in (1).

 樹脂(A)は、ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位を、1種単独で有していてよく、2種以上を併用して有していてもよい。

The resin (A) may have one kind of a repeating unit having at least one kind selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure, or may have two or more kinds in combination. May be.

 以下に一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例、及び一般式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。下記の具体例は、一般式(III)におけるR及び一般式(A-1)におけるR がメチル基である場合に相当するが、R及びR は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基に任意に置換することができる。

Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) and specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A-1) will be given below. It is not limited to these specific examples. The following specific examples correspond to the case where R 7 in the general formula (III) and R A 1 in the general formula (A-1) are a methyl group, wherein R 7 and R A 1 are a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom Or a monovalent organic group.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

 上記モノマーの他に、下記に示すモノマーも樹脂(A)の原料として好適に用いられる。

In addition to the above monomers, the following monomers are also suitably used as a raw material of the resin (A).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

 樹脂(A)に含まれるラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(ラクトン構造、スルトン構造、及びカーボネート構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5~30モル%が好ましく、10~30モル%がより好ましく、20~30モル%が更に好ましい。

The content of a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure contained in the resin (A) (selected from the group consisting of a lactone structure, a sultone structure, and a carbonate structure) When there are a plurality of repeating units having at least one kind, the total is preferably 5 to 30 mol%, more preferably 10 to 30 mol%, and more preferably 20 to 30 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the resin (A). 30 mol% is more preferred.

 樹脂(A)は、上記の繰り返し構造単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性、標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、又は、更にレジストの一般的な必要な特性である解像力、耐熱性、感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し構造単位を有していてもよい。

 このような繰り返し構造単位としては、所定の単量体に相当する繰り返し構造単位を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。

The resin (A) may have, in addition to the above-mentioned repeating structural units, dry etching resistance, suitability for a standard developer, substrate adhesion, a resist profile, or resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity and the like, which are general necessary properties of a resist. May have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting.

Examples of such a repeating structural unit include, but are not limited to, a repeating structural unit corresponding to a predetermined monomer.

 所定の単量体としては、例えばアクリル酸エステル類、メタクリル酸エステル類、アクリルアミド類、メタクリルアミド類、アリル化合物、ビニルエーテル類、及びビニルエステル類等から選ばれる付加重合性不飽和結合を1個有する化合物等が挙げられる。

 その他にも、上記種々の繰り返し構造単位に相当する単量体と共重合可能である付加重合性の不飽和化合物を用いてもよい。

 樹脂(A)において、各繰り返し構造単位の含有モル比は、種々の性能を調節するために適宜設定される。

The predetermined monomer has, for example, one addition-polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylates, methacrylates, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, and vinyl esters. And the like.

In addition, an addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound copolymerizable with a monomer corresponding to the above-mentioned various repeating structural units may be used.

In the resin (A), the molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is appropriately set to adjust various performances.

 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位のすべてが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成されることが好ましい。この場合、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがアクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位とアクリレート系繰り返し単位とによるもののいずれのものでも用いることができるが、アクリレート系繰り返し単位が樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して50モル%以下であることが好ましい。

In the resin (A), it is preferable that all of the repeating units are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units. In this case, any of those in which all of the repeating units are methacrylate-based repeating units, those in which all of the repeating units are acrylate-based repeating units, and those in which all of the repeating units are composed of methacrylate-based repeating units and acrylate-based repeating units. Although it can be used, it is preferable that the acrylate-based repeating unit is 50 mol% or less based on all the repeating units of the resin (A).

(芳香族環を有する繰り返し単位)

 樹脂(A)は、芳香族環を有する繰り返し単位を有する。樹脂(A)が有する芳香族環を有する繰り返し単位は1種のみでも良いし、2種以上でも良い。

 樹脂(A)において、芳香族環を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、耐エッチング性により優れる点で、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、例えば40モル%以上であり、55モル%以上が好ましく、60モル%以上がより好ましい。また、その上限は特に限定されないが、例えば、97モル%以下であり、85モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましい。

(Repeating unit having aromatic ring)

The resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring. The resin (A) may have only one type of repeating unit having an aromatic ring, or two or more types of repeating units.

In the resin (A), the content of the repeating unit having an aromatic ring is, for example, 40 mol% or more and 55 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A) because the etching resistance is more excellent. Or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 97 mol% or less, preferably 85 mol% or less, and more preferably 80 mol% or less.

(樹脂(A)の重合方法)

 樹脂(A)は、常法(例えばラジカル重合)に従って合成できる。一般的な合成方法としては、例えば、(1)モノマー種及び開始剤を溶剤に溶解させ、加熱することにより重合を行う一括重合法、(2)モノマー種と開始剤を含有する溶液を1~10時間かけて滴下することにより加熱溶剤へ加える滴下重合法等が挙げられ、なかでも(2)の滴下重合法が好ましい。

(Method of polymerizing resin (A))

The resin (A) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). Examples of general synthesis methods include (1) a batch polymerization method in which a monomer type and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and polymerization is performed by heating, and (2) a solution containing the monomer type and an initiator in 1 to A drop polymerization method in which the mixture is added dropwise to a heating solvent by dropping over 10 hours, and the like can be mentioned. Among them, the drop polymerization method (2) is preferable.

 重合の際の反応溶剤としては、例えば、テトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン、及びジイソプロピルエーテル等のエーテル類、メチルエチルケトン、及びメチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン類、酢酸エチル等のエステル溶剤、ジメチルホルムアミド、及びジメチルアセトアミド等のアミド類、並びに、後述するプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、及びシクロヘキサノン等の本発明の組成物を溶解する溶剤が挙げられる。重合の際の反応溶剤としては、なかでも、本発明の組成物に用いられる溶剤と同一の溶剤を用いることが好ましい。これにより保存時のパーティクルの発生が抑制できる。

Examples of the reaction solvent during the polymerization include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, and diisopropyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone; ester solvents such as ethyl acetate; dimethylformamide; Solvents that dissolve the composition of the present invention, such as amides such as acetamide, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), and cyclohexanone described below. As the reaction solvent in the polymerization, it is preferable to use the same solvent as the solvent used in the composition of the present invention. Thereby, generation of particles during storage can be suppressed.

 重合反応は、窒素及びアルゴン等の不活性ガスの雰囲気下で行われることが好ましい。

重合反応には、重合開始剤として市販のラジカル開始剤(例えば、アゾ系開始剤、及びパーオキサイド等)を用いることが望ましい。ラジカル開始剤としてはアゾ系開始剤が好ましく、エステル基、シアノ基、又はカルボキシル基を有するアゾ系開始剤がより好ましい。このようなアゾ系開始剤としては、例えば、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、アゾビスジメチルバレロニトリル、及びジメチル2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)

等が挙げられる。

 重合反応には、上述のとおり重合開始剤を任意で添加してもよい。重合開始剤の系中への添加方法は特に限定されず、一括で添加する態様であっても、分割して複数回に分けて添加する態様であってもよい。重合反応に際して、反応液の固形分濃度は、通常5~60質量%であり、10~50質量%が好ましい。反応温度は、通常10~150℃であり、30~120℃が好ましく、60~100℃がより好ましい。反応終了後、溶剤に投入して粉体又は固形分を回収する方法等の方法により、重合体を回収する。

The polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an atmosphere of an inert gas such as nitrogen and argon.

In the polymerization reaction, it is desirable to use a commercially available radical initiator (for example, an azo-based initiator and a peroxide) as a polymerization initiator. As the radical initiator, an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is more preferable. Examples of such azo-based initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, and dimethyl 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate)

And the like.

As described above, a polymerization initiator may be optionally added to the polymerization reaction. The method of adding the polymerization initiator to the system is not particularly limited, and may be a mode in which the polymerization initiator is added all at once or a mode in which the polymerization initiator is divided and added in plural times. In the polymerization reaction, the solid content of the reaction solution is usually 5 to 60% by mass, preferably 10 to 50% by mass. The reaction temperature is usually 10 to 150 ° C, preferably 30 to 120 ° C, more preferably 60 to 100 ° C. After the completion of the reaction, the polymer is recovered by a method such as pouring into a solvent to recover the powder or solid content.

 樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、1,000~200,000が好ましく、2,000~30,000がより好ましく、3,000~25,000が更に好ましい。分散度(Mw/Mn)は、通常1.0~3.0であり、1.0~2.6が好ましく、1.0~2.0がより好ましく、1.1~2.0が更に好ましい。

The weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably from 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 30,000, and still more preferably from 3,000 to 25,000. The dispersity (Mw / Mn) is usually from 1.0 to 3.0, preferably from 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably from 1.0 to 2.0, and further preferably from 1.1 to 2.0. preferable.

 本発明の組成物において、樹脂(A)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。

 本発明の組成物中、樹脂(A)の含有量は、全固形分中に対して、一般的に20質量%以上の場合が多く、40質量%以上が好ましく、60質量%以上がより好ましく、80質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、99.5質量%以下が好ましく、99質量%以下がより好ましく、98質量%以下が更に好ましい。

In the composition of the present invention, the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

In the composition of the present invention, the content of the resin (A) is generally often 20% by mass or more, preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more based on the total solid content. , 80% by mass or more is more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, and even more preferably 98% by mass or less.

(固形分濃度)

 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、固形分濃度が10質量%以上であることが好ましい。この結果として、例えば、膜厚が1μm以上(好ましくは10μm以上)の厚膜のパターンを形成することが容易となる。なお、固形分濃度とは、本発明の組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分(レジスト膜を構成し得る成分)の質量の質量百分率を意図する。

(Solid content concentration)

The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably has a solid content concentration of 10% by mass or more. As a result, for example, it becomes easy to form a thick film pattern having a film thickness of 1 μm or more (preferably 10 μm or more). In addition, the solid content concentration intends the mass percentage of the mass of other resist components (components that can constitute a resist film) excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition of the present invention.

<溶剤(B)>

 本発明の組成物は、沸点が135℃以下で、かつ粘度が1.5mPa・s以下である溶剤(B)を含有する。

 溶剤(B)は有機溶剤であることが好ましい。

 溶剤(B)の粘度は、1気圧(101325Pa)、23℃における粘度である。粘度は、粘度計(東機産業株式会社製 RE-85L)により測定される。

 なお、溶剤(B)の粘度は混合溶剤での値ではなく、単一成分の溶剤での値ある。

 本発明の組成物は、溶剤(B)として、1種又は2種以上の溶剤を含む。

<Solvent (B)>

The composition of the present invention contains a solvent (B) having a boiling point of 135 ° C. or less and a viscosity of 1.5 mPa · s or less.

The solvent (B) is preferably an organic solvent.

The viscosity of the solvent (B) is the viscosity at 1 atm (101325 Pa) and 23 ° C. The viscosity is measured by a viscometer (RE-85L manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.).

The viscosity of the solvent (B) is not a value of a mixed solvent but a value of a single component solvent.

The composition of the present invention contains one or more solvents as the solvent (B).

 溶剤(B)の沸点は、PCD性能、耐クラック性、及びボイド抑制の観点から、130℃以下であることが好ましく、125℃以下であることがより好ましい。また、溶剤(B)の沸点は、塗布時の膜厚均一性の観点から、40℃以上であることが好ましく、50℃以上であることがより好ましい。

The boiling point of the solvent (B) is preferably 130 ° C. or lower, more preferably 125 ° C. or lower, from the viewpoint of PCD performance, crack resistance, and void suppression. In addition, the boiling point of the solvent (B) is preferably 40 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 50 ° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of uniformity of the film thickness during coating.

 溶剤(B)の粘度は、PCD性能、耐クラック性、及びボイド抑制の観点から、1.2mPa・s以下であることが好ましく、1.0mPa・s以下であることがより好ましい。また、溶剤(B)の粘度は、塗布時の膜厚均一性の観点から、0.1mPa・s以上であることが好ましく、0.3mPa・s以上であることがより好ましい。

The viscosity of the solvent (B) is preferably 1.2 mPa · s or less, more preferably 1.0 mPa · s or less, from the viewpoint of PCD performance, crack resistance, and void suppression. In addition, the viscosity of the solvent (B) is preferably 0.1 mPa · s or more, and more preferably 0.3 mPa · s or more, from the viewpoint of film thickness uniformity during coating.

 溶剤(B)は、沸点が135℃以下で、かつ粘度が1.2mPa・s以下であることが好ましく、沸点が130℃以下で、かつ粘度が1.2mPa・s以下であることがより好ましく、沸点が125℃以下で、かつ粘度が1.0mPa・s以下であることが更に好ましい。

The solvent (B) preferably has a boiling point of 135 ° C. or less and a viscosity of 1.2 mPa · s or less, more preferably a boiling point of 130 ° C. or less and a viscosity of 1.2 mPa · s or less. More preferably, the boiling point is 125 ° C. or less and the viscosity is 1.0 mPa · s or less.

 溶剤(B)は、芳香族系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、及びエステル系溶剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、トルエン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソブチル、及び酢酸ブチルから選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより好ましく、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソブチル、及び酢酸ブチルから選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが更に好ましく、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、及びシクロペンタノンから選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが特に好ましい。

The solvent (B) is preferably at least one selected from aromatic solvents, ketone solvents, and ester solvents, and includes toluene, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, ethyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, and It is more preferably at least one selected from butyl acetate, even more preferably at least one selected from methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, ethyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, and butyl acetate, and methyl ethyl ketone, methyl Particularly preferred is at least one selected from isobutyl ketone and cyclopentanone.

 以下に、溶剤(B)の具体例について沸点と粘度を示す。

Hereinafter, the boiling point and the viscosity are shown for specific examples of the solvent (B).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023

 PCD性能、耐クラック性、及びボイド抑制の観点から、本発明の組成物に含まれる溶剤の総量に対する溶剤(B)の含有量が20質量%以上であることが好ましく、45質量%以上であることがより好ましく、70質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。

From the viewpoints of PCD performance, crack resistance, and void suppression, the content of the solvent (B) is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 45% by mass or more based on the total amount of the solvent contained in the composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is still more preferably 70% by mass or more.

<溶剤(F)>

 本発明の組成物は、溶剤(B)以外の溶剤を含んでもよい。溶剤(B)以外の溶剤を溶剤(F)とも呼ぶ。

 本発明の組成物においては、溶剤(F)として公知のレジスト溶剤を適宜使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0665>~<0670>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落[0210]~<0235>、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0424>~<0426>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0357>~<0366>に開示された公知の溶剤を好適に使用できる。

 組成物を調製する際に使用できる溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有してもよいモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、及びピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤が挙げられる。

<Solvent (F)>

The composition of the present invention may contain a solvent other than the solvent (B). A solvent other than the solvent (B) is also called a solvent (F).

In the composition of the present invention, a known resist solvent can be appropriately used as the solvent (F). For example, paragraphs <0665> to <0670> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0070167A1, paragraphs [0210] to <0235> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0237190A1. Known solvents disclosed in paragraphs <0424> to <0426> of the specification and paragraphs <0357> to <0366> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 02744458A1 can be suitably used.

Solvents that can be used in preparing the composition include, for example, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), Organic solvents such as monoketone compounds (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms) which may have a ring, alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate are exemplified.

 有機溶剤として、構造中に水酸基を有する溶剤と、水酸基を有さない溶剤とを混合した混合溶剤を使用してもよい。

 水酸基を有する溶剤、及び水酸基を有さない溶剤としては、前述の例示化合物を適宜選択できるが、水酸基を含む溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、又は乳酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(PGEE)、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、又は乳酸エチルがより好ましい。また、水酸基を有さない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を有していてもよいモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、又は酢酸アルキル等が好ましく、これらの中でも、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノンがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、γ-ブチロラクトン、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、シクロヘキサノン、又は2-ヘプタノンが更に好ましい。水酸基を有さない溶剤としては、プロピレンカーボネートも好ましい。

 水酸基を有する溶剤と水酸基を有さない溶剤との混合比(質量比)は、1/99~99/1であり、10/90~90/10が好ましく、20/80~60/40がより好ましい。水酸基を有さない溶剤を50質量%以上含有する混合溶剤が、塗布均一性の点で好ましい。

 溶剤(F)は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含有することが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート単独溶剤でもよいし、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含有する2種類以上の混合溶剤でもよい。

As the organic solvent, a mixed solvent obtained by mixing a solvent having a hydroxyl group in the structure and a solvent having no hydroxyl group may be used.

As the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent having no hydroxyl group, the above-described exemplified compounds can be appropriately selected. As the solvent having a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether or alkyl lactate is preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, or ethyl lactate is more preferred. Further, as the solvent having no hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkyl alkoxy propionate, a monoketone compound optionally having a ring, a cyclic lactone, or an alkyl acetate is preferable. Glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), ethyl ethoxy propionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, and cyclohexanone are more preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, ethyl ethoxy propionate, cyclohexanone, or 2-heptanone is more preferable. More preferred. As a solvent having no hydroxyl group, propylene carbonate is also preferable.

The mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent having a hydroxyl group to the solvent having no hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, and more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. preferable. A mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of coating uniformity.

The solvent (F) preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, may be a single solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, or may be a mixed solvent of two or more kinds containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.

 本発明の組成物が溶剤(F)を含む場合、溶剤(F)の含有量は、溶剤の総量に対して、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、55質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。

When the composition of the present invention contains the solvent (F), the content of the solvent (F) is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 55% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the solvent. , 30% by mass or less.

<活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物>

 本発明の組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(光酸発生剤)を含有する。

 光酸発生剤としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物が好ましい。例えば、スルホニウム塩化合物、ヨードニウム塩化合物、ジアゾニウム塩化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、オキシムスルホネート化合物、ジアゾジスルホン化合物、ジスルホン化合物、及びo-ニトロベンジルスルホネート化合物が挙げられる。

<Compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation>

The composition of the present invention contains a compound (photoacid generator) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.

As the photoacid generator, a compound that generates an organic acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferable. Examples include a sulfonium salt compound, an iodonium salt compound, a diazonium salt compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an imidosulfonate compound, an oxime sulfonate compound, a diazodisulfone compound, a disulfone compound, and an o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compound.

 光酸発生剤としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜選択して使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0125>~<0319>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落<0086>~<0094>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0323>~<0402>に開示された公知の化合物を好適に使用できる。

As the photoacid generator, a known compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof. For example, paragraphs <0125> to <0319> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0070167A1, paragraphs <0086> to <0094> of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016/2016. Known compounds disclosed in paragraphs <0323> to <0402> of JP-A No. 0237190A1 can be suitably used.

 光酸発生剤としては、例えば、下記一般式(ZI)、一般式(ZII)又は一般式(ZIII)で表される化合物が好ましい。

As the photoacid generator, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI), general formula (ZII) or general formula (ZIII) is preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

 上記一般式(ZI)において、

 R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。

 R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30であり、好ましくは1~20である。

 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。

 Zは、アニオン(非求核性アニオンが好ましい。)を表す。

In the general formula (ZI),

R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.

The carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.

Two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group) and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —.

Z represents an anion (preferably a non-nucleophilic anion).

 一般式(ZI)におけるカチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する化合物(ZI-1)、化合物(ZI-2)、一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物(化合物(ZI-3))及び一般式(ZI-4)で表される化合物(化合物(ZI-4))における対応する基が挙げられる。

 なお、光酸発生剤は、一般式(ZI)で表される構造を複数有する化合物であってもよい。例えば、一般式(ZI)で表される化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1つと、一般式(ZI)で表されるもうひとつの化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも一つとが、単結合又は連結基を介して結合した構造を有する化合物であってもよい。

Preferred embodiments of the cation in the general formula (ZI) include a compound (ZI-1), a compound (ZI-2), and a compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) (compound (ZI-3)) described later. And the corresponding group in the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-4) (compound (ZI-4)).

Note that the photoacid generator may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by the general formula (ZI). For example, at least one of R 201 ~ R 203 of the compound represented by formula (ZI), and at least one of R 201 ~ R 203 of another compound represented by formula (ZI), a single bond Alternatively, a compound having a structure bonded via a linking group may be used.

 まず、化合物(ZI-1)について説明する。

 化合物(ZI-1)は、上記一般式(ZI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウム化合物、すなわち、アリールスルホニウムをカチオンとする化合物である。

 アリールスルホニウム化合物は、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。

 アリールスルホニウム化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウム化合物、アリールジアルキルスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物が挙げられる。

First, compound (ZI-1) will be described.

Compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having arylsulfonium as a cation.

In the arylsulfonium compound, all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.

Examples of the arylsulfonium compound include a triarylsulfonium compound, a diarylalkylsulfonium compound, an aryldialkylsulfonium compound, a diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compound, and an aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compound.

 アリールスルホニウム化合物に含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウム化合物が2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。

 アリールスルホニウム化合物が必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。

The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a pyrrole residue, a furan residue, a thiophene residue, an indole residue, a benzofuran residue, and a benzothiophene residue. When the arylsulfonium compound has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.

The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium compound has as necessary includes a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a C 3 to C 15 alkyl group. Are preferred, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.

 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、又はフェニルチオ基を置換基として有してもよい。

The aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 each independently represent an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (for example, carbon atom). (Equation 6 to 14), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a phenylthio group as a substituent.

 次に、化合物(ZI-2)について説明する。

 化合物(ZI-2)は、式(ZI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表す化合物である。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香族環も包含する。

 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。

 R201~R203は、各々独立に、好ましくはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基であり、より好ましくは直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基、更に好ましくは直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基である。

Next, the compound (ZI-2) will be described.

Compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.

The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, and more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, 2-oxocycloalkyl group. An alkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.

 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、及び、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が挙げられる。

 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。

As the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 , preferably, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, a methyl group, an ethyl group, A propyl group, a butyl group, and a pentyl group) and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group).

R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.

 次に、化合物(ZI-3)について説明する。

Next, the compound (ZI-3) will be described.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

 一般式(ZI-3)中、Mは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表し、環構造を有するとき、上記環構造は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、及び炭素-炭素二重結合の少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい。R6c及びR7cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアリール基を表す。R6cとR7cとが結合して環を形成してもよい。R及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアルケニル基を表す。R及びRが結合して環を形成してもよい。また、M、R6c及びR7cから選ばれる少なくとも2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、上記環構造に炭素-炭素二重結合を含んでいてもよい。Zは、アニオンを表す。

In the general formula (ZI-3), M represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and when having a ring structure, the ring structure includes an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, and a carbon atom. It may contain at least one carbon double bond. R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group. R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring. R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an alkenyl group. R x and R y may combine to form a ring. Further, at least two members selected from M, R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring structure may contain a carbon-carbon double bond. Z represents an anion.

 一般式(ZI-3)中、Mで表されるアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~15(好ましくは炭素数1~10)の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15(好ましくは炭素数3~10)の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15(好ましくは炭素数1~10)のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基等が挙げられる。

 Mで表されるアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、及びベンゾチオフェン環等が挙げられる。

In the general formula (ZI-3), as the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by M, a straight-chain alkyl group having 1 to 15 (preferably 1 to 10) carbon atoms and a C 3 to 15 ( Preferable is a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group , N-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group and the like.

The aryl group represented by M is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, and a benzothiophene ring.

 上記Mは、更に置換基(例えば、置換基T)を有していてもよい。この態様として、例えば、Mとしてベンジル基などが挙げられる。

 なお、Mが環構造を有する場合、上記環構造は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、及び、炭素-炭素二重結合の少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい。

M may further have a substituent (for example, substituent T). In this embodiment, for example, M is a benzyl group.

When M has a ring structure, the ring structure may include at least one of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, and a carbon-carbon double bond.

 R6c及びR7cで表されるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及びアリール基としては、上述したMと同様のものが挙げられ、その好ましい態様も同じである。また、R6cとR7cは、結合して環を形成してもよい。

 R6c及びR7cで表されるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。

Examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group represented by R 6c and R 7c include those similar to M described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same. Further, R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring.

Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 6c and R 7c include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

 R及びRで表されるアルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基としては、上述したMと同様のものが挙げられ、その好ましい態様も同じである。

 R及びRで表されるアルケニル基としては、アリル基又はビニル基が好ましい。

 上記R及びRは、更に置換基(例えば、置換基T)を有していてもよい。この態様として、例えば、R及びRとして2-オキソアルキル基又はアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基などが挙げられる。

 R及びRで表される2-オキソアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~15(好ましくは炭素数1~10)のものが挙げられ、具体的には、2-オキソプロピル基、及び2-オキソブチル基等が挙げられる。

 R及びRで表されるアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~15(好ましくは炭素数1~10)のものが挙げられる。また、RとRは、結合して環を形成してもよい。

 RとRとが互いに連結して形成される環構造は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又は、炭素-炭素二重結合を含んでいてもよい。

Examples of the alkyl group and the cycloalkyl group represented by R x and R y include those similar to M described above, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.

The alkenyl group represented by R x and R y is preferably an allyl group or a vinyl group.

Rx and Ry may further have a substituent (for example, substituent T). In this embodiment, for example, R ox and R y include a 2-oxoalkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group.

Examples of the 2-oxoalkyl group represented by R x and R y include those having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), and specifically include a 2-oxopropyl group, And a 2-oxobutyl group.

Examples of the alkoxycarbonylalkyl group represented by R x and R y include those having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Further, R x and R y may combine to form a ring.

The ring structure formed by connecting R x and R y to each other may include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbon-carbon double bond.

 一般式(ZI-3)中、MとR6cとが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、形成される環構造は、炭素-炭素二重結合を含んでいてもよい。

In the general formula (ZI-3), M and R 6c may combine to form a ring structure, and the formed ring structure may include a carbon-carbon double bond.

 上記化合物(ZI-3)は、なかでも、化合物(ZI-3A)であることが好ましい。

 化合物(ZI-3A)は、下記一般式(ZI-3A)で表され、フェナシルスルフォニウム塩構造を有する化合物である。

The compound (ZI-3) is preferably a compound (ZI-3A).

Compound (ZI-3A) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3A) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

 一般式(ZI-3A)中、

 R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表す。

 R6c及びR7cとしては、上述した一般式(ZI-3)中のR6c及びR7cと同義であり、その好ましい態様も同じである。

 R及びRとしては、上述した上述した一般式(ZI-3)中のR及びRと同義であり、その好ましい態様も同じである。

In the general formula (ZI-3A),

R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group. , A nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group.

The R 6c and R 7c, has the same meaning as R 6c and R 7c in the above-mentioned general formula (ZI-3), preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.

The R x and R y, the same meaning as R x and R y in general formula described above (ZI-3), preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.

 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、RとRは、各々結合して環構造を形成してもよく、この環構造は、各々独立に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又は、炭素-炭素二重結合を含んでいてもよい。また、R5c及びR6c、R5c及びRは、各々結合して環構造を形成してもよく、この環構造は、各々独立に炭素-炭素二重結合を含んでいてもよい。また、R6cとR7cは、各々結合して環構造を形成してもよい。

 上記環構造としては、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族の複素環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環構造としては、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。

Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and each of the ring structures is independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, It may contain an amide bond or a carbon-carbon double bond. R 5c and R 6c , R 5c and R x may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and this ring structure may each independently contain a carbon-carbon double bond. R 6c and R 7c may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.

Examples of the ring structure include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic hetero ring, and a polycyclic fused ring in which two or more of these rings are combined. Examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.

 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRとRが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基、及びペンチレン基等が挙げられる。

 R5cとR6c、及びR5cとRが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基、及びエチレン基等が挙げられる。

 Zcは、アニオンを表す。

Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.

As the group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c , and R 5c and R x , a single bond or an alkylene group is preferable. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.

Zc - represents an anion.

 次に、化合物(ZI-4)について説明する。

 化合物(ZI-4)は、下記一般式(ZI-4)で表される。

Next, the compound (ZI-4) will be described.

Compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

 一般式(ZI-4)中、

 lは0~2の整数を表す。

 rは0~8の整数を表す。

 R13は、水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又は単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル骨格を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。

 R14は、複数存在する場合は各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又は単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル骨格を有するアルコキシ基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。

 R15は、各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はナフチル基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。

2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成することが好ましい。

 Zは、アニオンを表す。

In the general formula (ZI-4),

l represents an integer of 0 to 2.

r represents an integer of 0 to 8.

R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl skeleton. These groups may have a substituent.

When a plurality of R 14 are present, each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl Represents an alkoxy group having a skeleton. These groups may have a substituent.

R 15 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent. Two R 15 may combine with each other to form a ring.

When two R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one aspect, it is preferred that two R 15 are alkylene groups and combine with each other to form a ring structure.

Z represents an anion.

 一般式(ZI-4)において、R13、R14及びR15のアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状である。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましい。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基等がより好ましい。

In the general formula (ZI-4), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14, and R 15 are linear or branched. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. As the alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group or the like is more preferable.

 次に、一般式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)について説明する。

 一般式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)中、R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。

 R204~R207のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204~R207のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。

 R204~R207のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、又は、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が好ましい。

Next, general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII) will be described.

In Formulas (ZII) and (ZIII), R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.

The aryl group of R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.

As the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, A butyl group and a pentyl group) or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group) are preferable.

 R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。

 Zは、アニオンを表す。

The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include, for example, an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms) 15), an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.

Z represents an anion.

 一般式(ZI)におけるZ、一般式(ZII)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3A)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZとしては、下記一般式(3)で表されるアニオンが好ましい。

Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Z in the general formula (ZI-3) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3A) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - as an anion is preferably represented by the following general formula (3).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

 一般式(3)中、

 oは、1~3の整数を表す。pは、0~10の整数を表す。qは、0~10の整数を表す。

In the general formula (3),

o represents an integer of 1 to 3. p represents an integer of 0 to 10. q represents an integer of 0 to 10.

 Xfは、フッ素原子、又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基としては、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。

 Xfは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子又はCFであることがより好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。

Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4. Further, the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.

Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.

 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。R及びRが複数存在する場合、R及びRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。

 R及びRで表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4が好ましい。R及びRは、好ましくは水素原子である。

 少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基の具体例及び好適な態様は一般式(3)中のXfの具体例及び好適な態様と同じである。

R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 4 and R 5 are present, R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.

The alkyl group represented by R 4 and R 5 may have a substituent, and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 4 and R 5 are preferably a hydrogen atom.

Specific examples and preferred embodiments of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as the specific examples and preferred embodiments of Xf in formula (3).

 Lは、2価の連結基を表す。Lが複数存在する場合、Lは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。

 2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-(-C(=O)-O-)、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-OCO-アルキレン基-、-CONH-アルキレン基-又は-NHCO-アルキレン基-が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-又は-OCO-アルキレン基-がより好ましい。

L represents a divalent linking group. When there are a plurality of Ls, Ls may be the same or different.

Examples of the divalent linking group include -COO-(-C (= O) -O-), -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-,- SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms) and a combination of a plurality thereof And a divalent linking group. Among them, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - NHCO -, - CO -, - O -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group -, - OCO- alkylene group -, - CONH- alkylene group - or -NHCO- alkylene group - are preferred, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - SO 2 -, - COO- alkylene group - or -OCO- alkylene group - is more preferable.

 Wは、環状構造を含む有機基を表す。これらの中でも、環状の有機基であることが好ましい。

 環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、及び複素環基が挙げられる。

 脂環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。単環式の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の炭素数7以上の嵩高い構造を有する脂環基が好ましい。

W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure. Among these, a cyclic organic group is preferable.

Examples of the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.

The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. Of these, an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group, is preferred.

 アリール基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基及びアントリル基が挙げられる。

 複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及びピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環の例としては、前述の樹脂において例示したラクトン構造及びスルトン構造が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又はデカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。

The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group and an anthryl group.

The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic compound can suppress acid diffusion more. Further, the heterocyclic group may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of the heterocyclic ring having no aromaticity include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring. Examples of the lactone ring and the sultone ring include the lactone structure and the sultone structure exemplified in the aforementioned resin. As the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferred.

 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、及び、スピロ環のいずれであってもよく、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及びスルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であってもよい。

The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic, polycyclic, and spirocyclic). Any of which may be used, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, and a sulfonamide. And sulfonic acid ester groups. The carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.

 一般式(3)で表されるアニオンとしては、SO -CF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-CHF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-COO-(L)q’-W、SO -CF-CF-CH-CH-(L)

q-W、SO -CF-CH(CF)-OCO-(L)q’-Wが好ましい。ここで、L、q及びWは、一般式(3)と同様である。q’は、0~10の整数を表す。

Formula (3) As the anion represented by, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -COO- (L) q'-W, SO 3 - -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 - (L)

q-W, SO 3 -- CF 2 -CH (CF 3 ) -OCO- (L) q'-W are preferred. Here, L, q and W are the same as in the general formula (3). q ′ represents an integer of 0 to 10.

 一態様において、一般式(ZI)におけるZ-、一般式(ZII)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3A)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-としては、下記の一般式(4)で表されるアニオンも好ましい。

In one embodiment, Z in formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Z in the general formula (ZI-3) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3A) -, and the general formula (ZI- As Z − in 4), an anion represented by the following general formula (4) is also preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

 一般式(4)中、

 XB1及びXB2は、各々独立に、水素原子、又はフッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基を表す。XB1及びXB2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。

 XB3及びXB4は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。XB3及びXB4の少なくとも一方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることが好ましく、XB3及びXB4の両方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることがより好ましい。XB3及びXB4の両方が、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。

 L、q及びWは、一般式(3)と同様である。

In the general formula (4),

X B1 and X B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom. X B1 and X B2 are preferably a hydrogen atom.

X B3 and X B4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Preferably, at least one of XB3 and XB4 is a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, and both XB3 and XB4 are a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom. Is more preferred. More preferably, both XB3 and XB4 are alkyl groups substituted with a fluorine atom.

L, q and W are the same as in the general formula (3).

 一般式(ZI)におけるZ-、一般式(ZII)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3A)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-は、ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであってもよく、分岐鎖状アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基によって置換されたベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであることが好ましい。

Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Z in the general formula (ZI-3) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3A) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - it may be a benzenesulfonic acid anion is preferably a benzene sulfonic acid anion which is substituted by a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.

 一般式(ZI)におけるZ-、一般式(ZII)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3A)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-としては、下記の一般式(SA1)で表される芳香族スルホン酸アニオンも好ましい。

Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) -, Z in the general formula (ZI-3) -, Zc in formula (ZI-3A) -, and Z in the general formula (ZI-4) - as are preferred aromatic sulfonate anion represented by the following general formula (SA1).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

 式(SA1)中、

 Arは、アリール基を表し、スルホン酸アニオン及び-(D-B)基以外の置換基を更に有していてもよい。更に有してもよい置換基としては、フッ素原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。

In the formula (SA1),

Ar represents an aryl group, and may further have a substituent other than a sulfonate anion and a-(DB) group. Examples of the substituent that may further have a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.

 nは、0以上の整数を表す。nとしては、1~4が好ましく、2~3がより好ましく、3が更に好ましい。

n represents an integer of 0 or more. n is preferably from 1 to 4, more preferably from 2 to 3, and even more preferably 3.

 Dは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、カルボニル基、スルホキシド基、スルホン基、スルホン酸エステル基、エステル基、及び、これらの2種以上の組み合わせからなる基等が挙げられる。

D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonate group, an ester group, and a group composed of a combination of two or more of these.

 Bは、炭化水素基を表す。

B represents a hydrocarbon group.

 好ましくは、Dは単結合であり、Bは脂肪族炭化水素構造である。Bは、イソプロピル基又はシクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。

Preferably, D is a single bond and B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure. B is more preferably an isopropyl group or a cyclohexyl group.

 一般式(ZI)におけるスルホニウムカチオン、及び一般式(ZII)におけるヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例を以下に示す。

Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation in the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation in the general formula (ZII) are shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

 一般式(ZI)、一般式(ZII)におけるアニオンZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ、一般式(ZI-3A)におけるZc、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-の好ましい例を以下に示す。

Of the anion Z in the general formula (ZI), the general formula (ZII), the Z − in the general formula (ZI-3), the Zc in the general formula (ZI-3A), and the Z − in the general formula (ZI-4). Preferred examples are shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

 上記のカチオン及びアニオンを任意に組みわせて光酸発生剤として使用できる。

Any combination of the above cations and anions can be used as a photoacid generator.

 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用してもよい。

 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。

 光酸発生剤が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、2,000以下がより好ましく、1,000以下が更に好ましい。

 光酸発生剤が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、前述した樹脂(A)の一部に組み込まれてもよく、樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。

 光酸発生剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。

 本発明の組成物中、光酸発生剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~35質量%が好ましく、0.5~25質量%がより好ましく、1~20質量%が更に好ましく、1~15質量%が特に好ましい。

 光酸発生剤として、上記一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)で表される化合物を含有する場合、組成物中に含まれる光酸発生剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、1~35質量%が好ましく、1~30質量%がより好ましい。

The photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or may be in a form incorporated into a part of the polymer. Further, the form of the low molecular compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.

The photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular compound.

When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low-molecular compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and still more preferably 1,000 or less.

When the photoacid generator is in a form incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin (A) described above or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin (A). .

One photoacid generator may be used alone, or two or more photoacid generators may be used in combination.

In the composition of the present invention, the content of the photoacid generator (when there are a plurality of types, the total thereof) is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 35% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. It is more preferably 25% by mass, further preferably 1 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably 1 to 15% by mass.

When the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4) is contained as the photoacid generator, the content of the photoacid generator contained in the composition (when a plurality of kinds are present, Is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.

<酸拡散制御剤>

 本発明の組成物は、酸拡散制御剤を含有することが好ましい。酸拡散制御剤は、露光時に光酸発生剤等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用する。例えば、塩基性化合物(DA)、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DB)、酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)、又はカチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(DE)等を酸拡散制御剤として使用できる。本発明の組成物においては、公知の酸拡散制御剤を適宜使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0627>~<0664>、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落<0095>~<0187>、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0403>~<0423>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0259>~<0328>に開示された公知の化合物を酸拡散制御剤として好適に使用できる。

<Acid diffusion controller>

The composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid diffusion controller. The acid diffusion controller acts as a quencher for trapping an acid generated from a photoacid generator or the like at the time of exposure and suppressing the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to the excess generated acid. For example, a basic compound (DA), a basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, an onium salt (DC) which becomes a weak acid relatively to an acid generator, a nitrogen atom And a low molecular weight compound (DD) having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid, or an onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in a cation portion can be used as an acid diffusion controller. In the composition of the present invention, a known acid diffusion controller can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs <0627> to <0664> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1, paragraphs <0095> to <0187> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 0004544A1, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0237190A1. Known compounds disclosed in paragraphs <0403> to <0423> of the specification and paragraphs <0259> to <0328> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 02744458A1 can be suitably used as acid diffusion controllers. .

 塩基性化合物(DA)としては、下記式(A)~(E)で示される構造を有する化合物が好ましい。

As the basic compound (DA), compounds having structures represented by the following formulas (A) to (E) are preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

 一般式(A)及び(E)中、

 R200、R201及びR202は、同一でも異なってもよく、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表す。R201とR202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。

 R203、R204、R205及びR206は、同一でも異なってもよく、各々独立に、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。

In the general formulas (A) and (E),

R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group. Represents a group (having 6 to 20 carbon atoms). R 201 and R 202 may combine with each other to form a ring.

R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

 一般式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、置換基を有していても無置換であってもよい。

 上記アルキル基について、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。

 一般式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。

The alkyl group in the general formulas (A) and (E) may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.

In the above alkyl group, the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

The alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) are more preferably unsubstituted.

 塩基性化合物(DA)としては、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、又はピペリジン等が好ましく、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造若しくはピリジン構造を有する化合物、水酸基及び/若しくはエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、又は、水酸基及び/若しくはエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等がより好ましい。

As the basic compound (DA), guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine and the like are preferable, and an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclo structure, an onium hydroxide structure, an onium carboxylate structure, Compounds having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, alkylamine derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, and aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond are more preferable.

 活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DB)(以下、「化合物(DB)」ともいう。)は、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して、プロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化する化合物である。

A basic compound (DB) whose basicity decreases or disappears upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DB)”) has a proton acceptor functional group, and It is a compound that is decomposed by irradiation with radiation to decrease or disappear the proton acceptor property, or change from the proton acceptor property to acidic.

 プロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基であって、例えば、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基、又は、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基を意味する。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。

The proton-accepting functional group is a functional group having a group or an electron capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a π-conjugated group. Means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with a lone pair that does not contribute to The nitrogen atom having a lone pair that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

 プロトンアクセプター性官能基の好ましい部分構造として、例えば、クラウンエーテル構造、アザクラウンエーテル構造、1~3級アミン構造、ピリジン構造、イミダゾール構造、及びピラジン構造等が挙げられる。

Preferred examples of the partial structure of the proton acceptor functional group include a crown ether structure, an azacrown ether structure, a primary to tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, and a pyrazine structure.

 化合物(DB)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下若しくは消失し、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する。ここでプロトンアクセプター性の低下若しくは消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性への変化とは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基にプロトンが付加することに起因するプロトンアクセプター性の変化であり、具体的には、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する化合物(DB)とプロトンとからプロトン付加体が生成するとき、その化学平衡における平衡定数が減少することを意味する。

 プロトンアクセプター性は、pH測定を行うことによって確認することができる。

The compound (DB) is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton acceptor property, or generate a compound changed from the proton acceptor property to acidic. Here, the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property, or the change from the proton acceptor property to acidic is a change in the proton acceptor property due to the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor functional group. Means that when a proton adduct is formed from a compound (DB) having a proton acceptor functional group and a proton, the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium of the adduct is reduced.

The proton acceptor property can be confirmed by performing pH measurement.

 活性光線又は放射線の照射により化合物(DB)が分解して発生する化合物の酸解離定数pKaは、pKa<-1を満たすことが好ましく、-13<pKa<-1を満たすことがより好ましく、-13<pKa<-3を満たすことが更に好ましい。

The acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by the decomposition of the compound (DB) upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation preferably satisfies pKa <−1, more preferably satisfies −13 <pKa <−1, and − More preferably, 13 <pKa <−3 is satisfied.

 酸解離定数pKaとは、水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaのことを表し、例えば、化学便覧(II)(改訂4版、1993年、日本化学会編、丸善株式会社)に定義される。酸解離定数pKaの値が低いほど酸強度が大きいことを示す。水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaは、具体的には、無限希釈水溶液を用い、25℃での酸解離定数を測定することにより実測できる。あるいは、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求めることもできる。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。

The acid dissociation constant pKa indicates an acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is defined, for example, in Chemical Handbook (II) (4th revised edition, 1993, edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The lower the value of the acid dissociation constant pKa, the higher the acid strength. Specifically, the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be actually measured by measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution. Alternatively, a value based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values can be obtained by calculation using the following software package 1. All the pKa values described in this specification indicate values calculated by using this software package.

 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。

Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs).

 本発明の組成物では、光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)を酸拡散制御剤として使用できる。

 光酸発生剤と、光酸発生剤から生じた酸に対して相対的に弱酸である酸を発生するオニウム塩とを混合して用いた場合、活性光線性又は放射線の照射により光酸発生剤から生じた酸が未反応の弱酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩と衝突すると、塩交換により弱酸を放出して強酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩を生じる。この過程で強酸がより触媒能の低い弱酸に交換されるため、見かけ上、酸が失活して酸拡散の制御を行うことができる。

In the composition of the present invention, an onium salt (DC) which becomes a weak acid relatively to the photoacid generator can be used as an acid diffusion controller.

When a photoacid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid that is relatively weak with respect to the acid generated from the photoacid generator are used as a mixture, the photoacid generator is activated or irradiated with radiation. When the acid generated from collides with an unreacted onium salt having a weak acid anion, the weak acid is released by salt exchange to produce an onium salt having a strong acid anion. In this process, the strong acid is exchanged for a weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, so that the acid is apparently deactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.

 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩としては、下記一般式(d1-1)~(d1-3)で表される化合物が好ましい。

As the onium salt that becomes a relatively weak acid with respect to the photoacid generator, compounds represented by the following general formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3) are preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

 式中、R51は炭化水素基を表し、Z2cは炭化水素基を表し、R52は有機基を表し、Yはアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基又はアリーレン基を表し、Rfはフッ素原子を含む炭化水素基を表し、Mは各々独立に、アンモニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンを表す。

In the formula, R 51 represents a hydrocarbon group, Z 2c represents a hydrocarbon group, R 52 represents an organic group, Y 3 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or an arylene group, and Rf contains a fluorine atom. Represents a hydrocarbon group, and M + independently represents an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation, or an iodonium cation.

 R51が表す炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。

 Z2cが表す炭化水素基の炭素数は1~30であることが好ましい。

 Z2cが表す炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。ただし、Z2cが表す炭化水素基は、Sに隣接する炭素原子にはフッ素原子は置換されていないことが好ましい。

 Yがアルキレン基を表す場合、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。

The hydrocarbon group represented by R 51 may have a substituent.

The hydrocarbon group represented by Z 2c preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms.

The hydrocarbon group represented by Z 2c may have a substituent. However, in the hydrocarbon group represented by Z 2c , the carbon atom adjacent to S is preferably not substituted with a fluorine atom.

When Y 3 represents an alkylene group, it may be linear or branched.

 Mとして表されるスルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例としては、一般式(ZI)で例示したスルホニウムカチオン及び一般式(ZII)で例示したヨードニウムカチオンが挙げられる。

Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented by M + include a sulfonium cation exemplified by the general formula (ZI) and an iodonium cation exemplified by the general formula (ZII).

 光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)は、カチオン部位とアニオン部位を同一分子内に有し、かつ、カチオン部位とアニオン部位が共有結合により連結している化合物(以下、「化合物(DCA)」ともいう。)であってもよい。

 化合物(DCA)としては、下記一般式(C-1)~(C-3)のいずれかで表される化合物が好ましい。

An onium salt (DC) which becomes a relatively weak acid with respect to a photoacid generator has a compound in which a cation site and an anion site are in the same molecule, and a cation site and an anion site are connected by a covalent bond ( Hereinafter, it may be referred to as “compound (DCA)”.

As the compound (DCA), a compound represented by any of the following formulas (C-1) to (C-3) is preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038

 一般式(C-1)~(C-3)中、

 R、R、及びRは、各々独立に炭素数1以上の置換基を表す。

 Lは、カチオン部位とアニオン部位とを連結する2価の連結基又は単結合を表す。

 -Xは、-COO、-SO 、-SO 、及び-N-Rから選択されるアニオン部位を表す。Rは、隣接するN原子との連結部位に、カルボニル基(-C(=O)-)、スルホニル基(-S(=O)-)、及びスルフィニル基(-S(=O)-)のうち少なくとも1つを有する1価の置換基を表す。

 R、R、R、R、及びLは、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。また、一般式(C-3)において、R~Rのうち2つを合わせて1つの2価の置換基を表し、N原子と2重結合により結合していてもよい。

In the general formulas (C-1) to (C-3),

R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represent a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms.

L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond linking a cation site and an anion site.

-X - is, -COO -, -SO 3 - represents an anion portion selected from -R 4 -, -SO 2 -, and -N. R 4 has a carbonyl group (—C (= O) —), a sulfonyl group (—S (= O) 2 —), and a sulfinyl group (—S (= O) — ) Represents a monovalent substituent having at least one of the above.

R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and L 1 may combine with each other to form a ring structure. Further, in the general formula (C-3), two of R 1 to R 3 together represent one divalent substituent, and may be bonded to an N atom by a double bond.

 R~Rにおける炭素数1以上の置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、及びアリールアミノカルボニル基等が挙げられる。好ましくは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基である。

Examples of the substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylamino. A carbonyl group and an arylaminocarbonyl group. Preferably, it is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.

 2価の連結基としてのLは、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基等が挙げられる。Lは、好ましくは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、又はこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基である。

L 1 as a divalent linking group is a linear or branched alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, arylene group, carbonyl group, ether bond, ester bond, amide bond, urethane bond, urea bond, Examples include groups formed by combining at least two or more species. L 1 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.

 窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)(以下、「化合物(DD)」ともいう。)は、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体であることが好ましい。

 酸の作用により脱離する基としては、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級水酸基、又はヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基、又はヘミアミナールエーテル基がより好ましい。

 化合物(DD)の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500が更に好ましい。

 化合物(DD)は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有してもよい。カルバメート基を構成する保護基としては、下記一般式(d-1)で表される。

A low molecular compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DD)”) has a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom. Preferably, the amine derivative has

The group which is eliminated by the action of an acid is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminal ether group, and more preferably a carbamate group, or a hemiaminal ether group. .

The molecular weight of the compound (DD) is preferably from 100 to 1,000, more preferably from 100 to 700, and still more preferably from 100 to 500.

Compound (DD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom. The protective group constituting the carbamate group is represented by the following general formula (d-1).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

 一般式(d-1)において、

 Rbは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、又はアルコキシアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)を表す。Rbは相互に結合して環を形成していてもよい。

 Rbが示すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、各々独立にヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基、アルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。Rbが示すアルコキシアルキル基についても同様である。

In the general formula (d-1),

Rb is each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group ( It preferably represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Rb may be mutually bonded to form a ring.

The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by Rb are each independently a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an amino group, a pyrrolidino group, a piperidino group, a morpholino group, a functional group such as an oxo group, an alkoxy group, or It may be substituted with a halogen atom. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb.

 Rbとしては、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基が好ましく、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。

 2つのRbが相互に連結して形成する環としては、脂環式炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、複素環式炭化水素及びその誘導体等が挙げられる。

 一般式(d-1)で表される基の具体的な構造としては、米国特許公報US2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落<0466>に開示された構造が挙げられるが、これに限定されない。

As Rb, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group is more preferable.

Examples of the ring formed by two Rb's being connected to each other include alicyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, heterocyclic hydrocarbons, and derivatives thereof.

Specific examples of the structure of the group represented by formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structure disclosed in paragraph <0466> of US Patent Publication US2012 / 0135348A1.

 化合物(DD)は、下記一般式(6)で表される構造を有することが好ましい。

The compound (DD) preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

 一般式(6)において、

 lは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表し、l+m=3を満たす。

 Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を表す。lが2のとき、2つのRaは同じでも異なっていてもよく、2つのRaは相互に連結して式中の窒素原子と共に複素環を形成していてもよい。この複素環には式中の窒素原子以外のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。

 Rbは、上記一般式(d-1)におけるRbと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。

 一般式(6)において、Raとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、各々独立にRbとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基が置換されていてもよい基として前述した基と同様な基で置換されていてもよい。

In the general formula (6),

1 represents an integer of 0 to 2, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and satisfies 1 + m = 3.

Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. When 1 is 2, the two Ras may be the same or different, and the two Ras may be mutually connected to form a heterocyclic ring with the nitrogen atom in the formula. This heterocyclic ring may contain a hetero atom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.

Rb has the same meaning as Rb in formula (d-1), and preferred examples are also the same.

In the general formula (6), the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Ra may be each independently substituted with the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group as Rb. As a good group, it may be substituted with the same group as described above.

 上記Raのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基(これらの基は、上記基で置換されていてもよい)の具体例としては、Rbについて前述した具体例と同様な基が挙げられる。

 本発明における特に好ましい化合物(DD)の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落<0475>に開示された化合物が挙げられるが、これに限定されない。

Specific examples of the above-mentioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group of Ra (these groups may be substituted with the above-mentioned groups) include the same groups as those described above for Rb. Can be

Specific examples of the particularly preferable compound (DD) in the present invention include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph <0475> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012 / 0135348A1.

 カチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(DE)(以下、「化合物(DE)」ともいう。)は、カチオン部に窒素原子を含む塩基性部位を有する化合物であることが好ましい。塩基性部位は、アミノ基であることが好ましく、脂肪族アミノ基であることがより好ましい。塩基性部位中の窒素原子に隣接する原子の全てが、水素原子又は炭素原子であることが更に好ましい。また、塩基性向上の観点から、窒素原子に対して、電子求引性の官能基(カルボニル基、スルホニル基、シアノ基、及びハロゲン原子等)が直結していないことが好ましい。

 化合物(DE)の好ましい具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2015/0309408A1号明細書の段落<0203>に開示された化合物が挙げられるが、これに限定されない。

The onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation portion (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DE)”) is preferably a compound having a basic site containing a nitrogen atom in the cation portion. The basic site is preferably an amino group, and more preferably an aliphatic amino group. More preferably, all of the atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic site are a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom. Further, from the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-withdrawing functional group (such as a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom) is not directly connected to the nitrogen atom.

Preferred specific examples of the compound (DE) include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph <0203> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0309408 A1.

 酸拡散制御剤の好ましい例を以下に示す。

Preferred examples of the acid diffusion controller are shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042

 本発明の組成物において、酸拡散制御剤は1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。

 酸拡散制御剤の本発明の組成物中の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.05~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~5質量%がより好ましい。

In the composition of the present invention, the acid diffusion controller may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

The content of the acid diffusion controller in the composition of the present invention (when a plurality of kinds are present, the total thereof) is preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. 5 mass% is more preferable.

<疎水性樹脂>

 本発明の組成物は、疎水性樹脂を含有していてもよい。なお、疎水性樹脂は、樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂であることが好ましい。

 本発明の組成物が、疎水性樹脂を含有することにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の表面における静的/動的な接触角を制御できる。これにより、現像特性の改善、アウトガスの抑制、液浸露光における液浸液追随性の向上、及び液浸欠陥の低減等が可能となる。

 疎水性樹脂は、レジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくてもよい。

<Hydrophobic resin>

The composition of the present invention may contain a hydrophobic resin. The hydrophobic resin is preferably a resin different from the resin (A).

When the composition of the present invention contains a hydrophobic resin, the static / dynamic contact angle on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be controlled. This makes it possible to improve development characteristics, suppress outgassing, improve immersion liquid followability in immersion exposure, reduce immersion defects, and the like.

The hydrophobic resin is preferably designed so as to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film. However, unlike a surfactant, it is not necessary to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and a polar / non-polar substance is uniformly mixed. It does not have to contribute to the task.

 疎水性樹脂は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“ケイ素原子”、及び “樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH部分構造”からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。 疎水性樹脂が、フッ素原子及び/又はケイ素原子を含む場合、疎水性樹脂における上記フッ素原子及び/又はケイ素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。

The hydrophobic resin is at least one selected from the group consisting of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the film surface layer. It is preferable that the resin has a repeating unit having a seed. When the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and / or the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin may be contained in a main chain of the resin or contained in a side chain. You may.

 疎水性樹脂がフッ素原子を含む場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造として、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を有するアリール基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。

When the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom, the resin preferably has a fluorine atom-containing alkyl group, a fluorine atom-containing cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom-containing aryl group as a fluorine atom-containing partial structure.

 疎水性樹脂は、下記(x)~(z)の群から選ばれる基を少なくとも1つを有することが好ましい。

 (x)酸基

 (y)アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(以下、極性変換基ともいう)

 (z)酸の作用により分解する基

The hydrophobic resin preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).

(X) acid group

(Y) a group which is decomposed by the action of an alkali developer to increase its solubility in an alkali developer (hereinafter also referred to as a polarity conversion group)

(Z) a group that decomposes under the action of an acid

 酸基(x)としては、フェノール性水酸基、カルボン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等が挙げられる。 酸基としては、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール)、スルホンイミド基、又はビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基が好ましい。

Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) ) Methylene groups and the like. As the acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), a sulfonimide group, or a bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group is preferable.

 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(y)としては、例えば、ラクトン基、カルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)、酸無水物基(-C(O)OC(O)-)、酸イミド基(-NHCONH-)、カルボン酸チオエステル基(-COS-)、炭酸エステル基(-OC(O)O-)、硫酸エステル基(-OSOO-)、及びスルホン酸エステル基(-SOO-)等が挙げられ、ラクトン基又はカルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)が好ましい。 これらの基を含んだ繰り返し単位としては、例えば、樹脂の主鎖にこれらの基が直接結合している繰り返し単位であり、例えば、アクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステルによる繰り返し単位等が挙げられる。この繰り返し単位は、これらの基が連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に結合していてもよい。又は、この繰り返し単位は、これらの基を有する重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いて、樹脂の末端に導入されていてもよい。 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、先に樹脂(A)の項で説明したラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。

Examples of the group (y) which is decomposed by the action of the alkali developer to increase its solubility in the alkali developer include, for example, a lactone group, a carboxylate group (—COO—), an acid anhydride group (—C (O) OC (O) —), acid imide group (—NHCONH—), carboxylic acid thioester group (—COS—), carbonate ester group (—OC (O) O—), sulfate ester group (—OSO 2 O—), and Examples include a sulfonic acid ester group (—SO 2 O—), and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (—COO—) is preferable. The repeating unit containing these groups is, for example, a repeating unit in which these groups are directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, and includes, for example, a repeating unit of an acrylate ester and a methacrylate ester. In the repeating unit, these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group. Alternatively, the repeating unit may be introduced at the terminal of the resin by using a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent having these groups at the time of polymerization. Examples of the repeating unit having a lactone group include those similar to the repeating unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of the resin (A).

 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(y)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~100モル%が好ましく、3~98モル%がより好ましく、5~95モル%が更に好ましい。

The content of the repeating unit having a group (y) which is decomposed by the action of the alkali developer to increase the solubility in the alkali developer is preferably 1 to 100 mol% based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. The content is more preferably from 3 to 98 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 95 mol%.

 疎水性樹脂における、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、樹脂(A)で挙げた酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していてもよい。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~80モル%が好ましく、10~80モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%が更に好ましい。 疎水性樹脂は、更に、上述した繰り返し単位とは別の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。

Examples of the repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes under the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin include those similar to the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group described in the resin (A). The repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes under the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. The content of the repeating unit having a group (z) decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably from 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, and more preferably from 20 to 80 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 60 mol% is more preferred. The hydrophobic resin may further have another repeating unit different from the above-mentioned repeating unit.

 フッ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、30~100モル%がより好ましい。また、ケイ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、20~100モル%がより好ましい。

The repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably from 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably from 30 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. The repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably from 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably from 20 to 100 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin.

 一方、特に疎水性樹脂が側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においては、疎水性樹脂が、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子を実質的に含まない形態も好ましい。また、疎水性樹脂は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位のみで実質的に構成されることが好ましい。

On the other hand, particularly when the hydrophobic resin contains a CH 3 partial structure in a side chain portion, a form in which the hydrophobic resin does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom is also preferable. Further, it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin be substantially composed of only a repeating unit composed of only atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom.

 疎水性樹脂の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、1,000~100,000が好ましく、1,000~50,000がより好ましい。

The weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin in terms of standard polystyrene is preferably from 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 1,000 to 50,000.

 疎水性樹脂に含まれる残存モノマー及び/又はオリゴマー成分の合計含有量は、0.01~5質量%が好ましく、0.01~3質量%がより好ましい。また、分散度(Mw/Mn)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3の範囲である。

The total content of residual monomer and / or oligomer components contained in the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass. The degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably in the range of 1 to 3.

 疎水性樹脂としては、公知の樹脂を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜に選択して使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2015/0168830A1号明細書の段落<0451>~<0704>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落<0340>~<0356>に開示された公知の樹脂を疎水性樹脂として好適に使用できる。また、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落<0177>~<0258>に開示された繰り返し単位も、疎水性樹脂を構成する繰り返し単位として好ましい。

As the hydrophobic resin, a known resin can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof. For example, known resins disclosed in paragraphs <0451> to <0704> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015 / 0168830A1, and paragraphs <0340> to <0356> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 02744458A1 Can be suitably used as a hydrophobic resin. Further, the repeating units disclosed in paragraphs <0177> to <0258> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0237190A1 are also preferable as repeating units constituting the hydrophobic resin.

 疎水性樹脂を構成する繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの好ましい例を以下に示す。

Preferred examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit constituting the hydrophobic resin are shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

 疎水性樹脂は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 表面エネルギーが異なる2種以上の疎水性樹脂を混合して使用することが、液浸露光における液浸液追随性と現像特性の両立の観点から好ましい。 疎水性樹脂の組成物中の含有量は、本発明の組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~8質量%がより好ましい。

One type of hydrophobic resin may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. It is preferable to use a mixture of two or more types of hydrophobic resins having different surface energies from the viewpoint of compatibility between the immersion liquid followability and the development characteristics in immersion exposure. The content of the hydrophobic resin in the composition is preferably from 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solids in the composition of the present invention.

<架橋剤(G)>

 本発明の組成物は、酸の作用により樹脂を架橋する化合物(以下、架橋剤(G)ともいう)を含有してもよい。架橋剤(G)としては、公知の化合物を適宜に使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0147154A1号明細書の段落<0379>~<0431>、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0282720A1号明細書の段落<0064>~<0141>に開示された公知の化合物を架橋剤(G)として好適に使用できる。 架橋剤(G)は、樹脂を架橋しうる架橋性基を有している化合物であり、架橋性基としては、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基、アシルオキシメチル基、アルコキシメチルエーテル基、オキシラン環、及びオキセタン環等が挙げられる。 架橋性基は、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基、オキシラン環又はオキセタン環であることが好ましい。 架橋剤(G)は、架橋性基を2個以上有する化合物(樹脂も含む)であることが好ましい。 架橋剤(G)は、ヒドロキシメチル基又はアルコキシメチル基を有する、フェノール誘導体、ウレア系化合物(ウレア構造を有する化合物)又はメラミン系化合物(メラミン構造を有する化合物)であることがより好ましい。 架橋剤は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 架橋剤(G)の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、1~50質量%が好ましく、3~40質量%が好ましく、5~30質量%が更に好ましい。

<Crosslinking agent (G)>

The composition of the present invention may contain a compound capable of crosslinking a resin by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as a crosslinking agent (G)). Known compounds can be appropriately used as the crosslinking agent (G). For example, known compounds disclosed in paragraphs <0379> to <0431> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0147154A1 and paragraphs <0064> to <0141> of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0282720A1 Can be suitably used as the crosslinking agent (G). The cross-linking agent (G) is a compound having a cross-linkable group capable of cross-linking the resin. Examples of the cross-linkable group include a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl ether group, an oxirane ring, And an oxetane ring. The crosslinkable group is preferably a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group, an oxirane ring or an oxetane ring. The crosslinking agent (G) is preferably a compound (including a resin) having two or more crosslinking groups. The crosslinking agent (G) is more preferably a phenol derivative, a urea compound (compound having a urea structure) or a melamine compound (compound having a melamine structure) having a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group. The crosslinking agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the crosslinking agent (G) is preferably from 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 3 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably from 5 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resist composition.

<界面活性剤>

 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することが好ましい。界面活性剤を含有する場合、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤(具体的には、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、又はフッ素原子とケイ素原子との両方を有する界面活性剤)が好ましい。

<Surfactant>

The composition of the present invention preferably contains a surfactant. When a surfactant is contained, a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant (specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom) Is preferred.

 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含有することにより、250nm以下、特に220nm以下の露光光源を使用した場合に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥の少ないパターンを得ることができる。 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落<0276>に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられる。 また、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落<0280>に記載の、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤を使用することもできる。

When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, a pattern with less adhesion and less development defects can be obtained with good sensitivity and resolution, when using an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less. . Examples of the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant include surfactants described in paragraph <0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425. Further, other surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph <0280> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.

 これらの界面活性剤は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含有する場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1質量%がより好ましい。 一方、界面活性剤の含有量が、組成物の全固形分に対して10ppm(parts per million)以上とすることにより、疎水性樹脂の表面偏在性が上がる。それにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の表面をより疎水的にすることができ、液浸露光時の水追随性が向上する。

These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferred. On the other hand, when the content of the surfactant is 10 ppm (parts per million) or more with respect to the total solid content of the composition, the surface uneven distribution of the hydrophobic resin increases. Thereby, the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be made more hydrophobic, and the ability to follow water during immersion exposure is improved.

<樹脂(J)>

 本発明の組成物が架橋剤(G)を含有する場合、本発明の組成物はフェノール性水酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂(J)(「樹脂(J)」ともいう)を含有することが好ましい。樹脂(J)は、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含有することが好ましい。 この場合、典型的には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。 架橋剤(G)は、樹脂(J)に担持された形態であってもよい。 樹脂(J)は、前述した酸分解性基を含有していてもよい。

<Resin (J)>

When the composition of the present invention contains a crosslinking agent (G), the composition of the present invention preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin (J) having a phenolic hydroxyl group (also referred to as “resin (J)”). The resin (J) preferably contains a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group. In this case, typically, a negative pattern is suitably formed. The crosslinking agent (G) may be in a form supported by the resin (J). The resin (J) may contain the acid-decomposable group described above.

 樹脂(J)が含有するフェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては特に限定されないが、下記一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。

The repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group contained in the resin (J) is not particularly limited, but is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045

 一般式(II)中、

 Rは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基(好ましくはメチル基)、又はハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)を表す。

 B’は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。

 Ar’は、芳香環基を表す。

 mは1以上の整数を表す。 樹脂(J)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。本発明の組成物の全固形分中の樹脂(J)の含有量は、一般的に30質量%以上である。

40質量%以上が好ましく、50質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、99質量%以下が好ましく、90質量%以下がより好ましく、85質量%以下が更に好ましい。 樹脂(J)としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0282720A1号明細書の段落<0142>~<0347>に開示された樹脂を好適に用いることができる。

In the general formula (II),

R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent (preferably a methyl group), or a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).

B ′ represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.

Ar ′ represents an aromatic ring group.

m represents an integer of 1 or more. As the resin (J), one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. The content of the resin (J) in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is generally 30% by mass or more.

It is preferably at least 40 mass%, more preferably at least 50 mass%. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and still more preferably 85% by mass or less. As the resin (J), resins disclosed in paragraphs <0142> to <0347> of US Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0282720A1 can be suitably used.

(その他の添加剤)

 本発明の組成物は、更に、酸増殖剤、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、溶解阻止剤、又は溶解促進剤等を含有してもよい。 可塑剤としては、例えば、ポリアルキレングリコール(オキシアルキレン単位中の炭素数としては、2~6が好ましく、2~3がより好ましく、平均付加数としては、2~10が好ましく、2~6がより好ましい)が挙げられる。可塑剤として具体的には、例えば下記のものが挙げられる。

(Other additives)

The composition of the present invention may further contain an acid proliferating agent, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, a dissolution accelerator, and the like. As the plasticizer, for example, polyalkylene glycol (the number of carbon atoms in the oxyalkylene unit is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 3, and the average number of addition is preferably 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 6. More preferred). Specific examples of the plasticizer include the following.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046

 これらの可塑剤は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 本発明の組成物が可塑剤を含有する場合、可塑剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~20質量%が好ましく、1~15質量%がより好ましい。

These plasticizers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the composition of the present invention contains a plasticizer, the content of the plasticizer is preferably from 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably from 1 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.

<調製方法>

 本発明の組成物の固形分濃度は、10質量%以上であることが好ましく、その上限は、通常50質量%程度であることが好ましい。本発明の組成物の固形分濃度としては、なかでも、10~50質量%がより好ましく、25~50質量%がより好ましく、30~50質量%が更に好ましい。固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の質量の質量百分率である。

<Preparation method>

The solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is preferably 10% by mass or more, and the upper limit is usually preferably about 50% by mass. The solid content of the composition of the present invention is more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, more preferably 25 to 50% by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 50% by mass. The solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of the other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.

 なお、本発明の組成物からなる感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜(レジスト膜)の膜厚は、1μm以上であることが好ましく、加工段数を増やす、インプラ耐性を向上させる等の目的から、3μm以上がより好ましく、5μm以上が更に好ましく、10μm以上が特に好ましい。上限は30μm以下である。 なお、後述するように、本発明の組成物からパターンを形成することができる。 形成されるパターンの膜厚は、1μm以上であり、加工段数を増やす、インプラ耐性を向上させる等の目的から、3μm以上がより好ましく、5μm以上が更に好ましく、10μm以上が特に好ましい。上限は30μm以下である。

The thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (resist film) composed of the composition of the present invention is preferably 1 μm or more, for the purpose of increasing the number of processing steps, improving the resistance to implantation, and the like. It is more preferably at least 3 μm, still more preferably at least 5 μm, particularly preferably at least 10 μm. The upper limit is 30 μm or less. In addition, as described later, a pattern can be formed from the composition of the present invention. The thickness of the formed pattern is 1 μm or more, and is preferably 3 μm or more, more preferably 5 μm or more, and particularly preferably 10 μm or more, for the purpose of increasing the number of processing steps and improving the resistance to implantation. The upper limit is 30 μm or less.

 本発明の組成物は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤、好ましくは上記混合溶剤に溶解し、これをフィルター濾過した後、所定の支持体(基板)上に塗布して用いる。フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。また、本発明の組成物の固形分濃度が高い場合(例えば、25質量%以上)は、フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは3μm以下が好ましく、0.2μm以下がより好ましく、0.1μm以下が更に好ましい。このフィルターは、ポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又はナイロン製のものが好ましい。フィルター濾過においては、例えば日本国特許出願公開第2002-62667号明細書(特開2002-62667)に開示されるように、循環的な濾過を行ってもよく、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して濾過を行ってもよい。また、組成物を複数回濾過してもよい。更に、フィルター濾過の前後で、組成物に対して脱気処理等を行ってもよい。

The composition of the present invention is used by dissolving the above-mentioned components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent, filtering this, and then coating it on a predetermined support (substrate). The pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 μm or less. Further, when the solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is high (for example, 25% by mass or more), the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 0.2 μm or less, and 0.1 μm or less. More preferred. This filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. In filter filtration, for example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-62667 (JP-A-2002-62667), cyclic filtration may be performed, and a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. And filtration may be performed. The composition may be filtered a plurality of times. Further, the composition may be subjected to a degassing treatment before and after the filtration.

 本発明の組成物は、粘度が100~1000mPa・sであることが好ましい。本発明の組成物の粘度は、塗布性により優れる点で、100~600mPa・sがより好ましい。 なお、粘度は、E型粘度計により測定することができる。

The composition of the present invention preferably has a viscosity of 100 to 1000 mPa · s. The viscosity of the composition of the present invention is more preferably 100 to 600 mPa · s from the viewpoint of more excellent coatability. The viscosity can be measured by an E-type viscometer.

<用途>

 本発明の組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により反応して性質が変化する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。更に詳しくは、本発明の組成物は、IC(Integrated Circuit)等の半導体製造工程、液晶若しくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造、インプリント用モールド構造体の作製、その他のフォトファブリケーション工程、又は平版印刷版、若しくは酸硬化性組成物の製造に使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。本発明において形成されるパターンは、エッチング工程、イオンインプランテーション工程、バンプ電極形成工程、再配線形成工程、及びMEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)等において使用できる。

<Application>

The composition of the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition whose properties change in response to irradiation with actinic ray or radiation. More specifically, the composition of the present invention can be used for manufacturing a semiconductor such as an IC (Integrated Circuit), a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, manufacturing a mold structure for imprinting, and other photofabrication processes. The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for producing a lithographic printing plate or an acid-curable composition. The pattern formed in the present invention can be used in an etching step, an ion implantation step, a bump electrode forming step, a rewiring forming step, a MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems), or the like.

〔パターン形成方法〕

 本発明は上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたパターン形成方法にも関する。以下、本発明のパターン形成方法について説明する。また、パターン形成方法の説明と併せて、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜についても説明する。

[Pattern forming method]

The present invention also relates to a method for forming a pattern using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Hereinafter, the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described. In addition to the description of the pattern forming method, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention will be described.

 本発明のパターン形成方法は、

 (i)上述した感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によってレジスト膜(感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜)を支持体上に形成する工程(レジスト膜形成工程)、

 (ii)上記レジスト膜を露光する(活性光線又は放射線を照射する)工程(露光工程)、及び、

 (iii)上記露光されたレジスト膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程(現像工程)、を有する。

The pattern forming method of the present invention comprises:

(I) a step of forming a resist film (actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film) on a support with the above-described actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist film forming step);

(Ii) exposing the resist film (irradiating actinic rays or radiation) (exposure step); and

(Iii) a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developing solution (developing step).

 本発明のパターン形成方法は、上記(i)~(iii)の工程を含んでいれば特に限定されず、更に下記の工程を有していてもよい。 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程における露光方法が、液浸露光であってもよい。 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程の前に、(iv)前加熱(PB:PreBake)工程を含むことが好ましい。 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程の後、かつ、(iii)現像工程の前に、(v)露光後加熱(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)工程を含むことが好ましい。 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(iv)前加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(v)露光後加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。

The pattern forming method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the above steps (i) to (iii), and may further include the following steps. In the pattern forming method of the present invention, (ii) the exposure method in the exposure step may be immersion exposure. The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (iv) a pre-bake (PB: PreBake) step before the (ii) exposure step. The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (v) a post-exposure bake (PEB) step after the (ii) exposure step and before the (iii) development step. The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (ii) the exposing step a plurality of times. The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (iv) the preheating step a plurality of times. The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (v) a post-exposure baking step a plurality of times.

 本発明のパターン形成方法において、上述した(i)レジスト膜形成工程、(ii)露光工程、及び(iii)現像工程は、一般的に知られている方法により行うことができる。

 本発明のパターン形成方法において、(i)レジスト膜形成工程で基板上に形成される感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の膜厚は、上述のように、1μm以上であることが好ましく、3μm以上がより好ましく、5μm以上が更に好ましく、10μm以上が特に好ましい。上限は30μm以下である。 また、必要に応じて、レジスト膜と支持体との間にレジスト下層膜(例えば、SOG(Spin On Glass)、SOC(Spin On Carbon)、及び、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。レジスト下層膜を構成する材料としては、公知の有機系又は無機系の材料を適宜用いることができる。 レジスト膜の上層に、保護膜(トップコート)を形成してもよい。保護膜としては、公知の材料を適宜用いることができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2007/0178407号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2008/0085466号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2007/0275326号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2016/0299432号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2013/0244438号明細書、国際特許出願公開第2016/157988A号明細書に開示された保護膜形成用組成物を好適に使用することができる。保護膜形成用組成物としては、上述した酸拡散制御剤を含有するものが好ましい。 上述した疎水性樹脂を含有するレジスト膜の上層に保護膜を形成してもよい。

In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the (i) resist film forming step, (ii) exposing step, and (iii) developing step can be performed by a generally known method.

In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the thickness of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed on the substrate in the (i) resist film forming step is preferably 1 μm or more as described above, preferably 3 μm. The above is more preferable, 5 μm or more is further preferable, and 10 μm or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is 30 μm or less. If necessary, a resist underlayer film (for example, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), and an antireflection film) may be formed between the resist film and the support. As a material constituting the resist underlayer film, a known organic or inorganic material can be appropriately used. A protective film (top coat) may be formed on the resist film. As the protective film, a known material can be appropriately used. For example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0178407, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0085466, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0275326, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0299432, The composition for forming a protective film disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0244438 and International Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 157988A can be suitably used. As the composition for forming a protective film, those containing the above-mentioned acid diffusion controller are preferable. A protective film may be formed on the resist film containing the hydrophobic resin described above.

 支持体は、特に限定されるものではなく、IC等の半導体の製造工程、又は液晶若しくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程のほか、その他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程等で一般的に用いられる基板を用いることができる。支持体の具体例としては、シリコン、SiO、及びSiN等の無機基板等が挙げられる。

The support is not particularly limited, and is generally used in a process of manufacturing a semiconductor such as an IC, a process of manufacturing a circuit board such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and a lithography process of other photofabrication. A substrate can be used. Specific examples of the support include an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiO 2 , and SiN.

 加熱温度は、(iv)前加熱工程及び(v)露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、70~150℃が好ましく、70~130℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましく、80~120℃が最も好ましい。 加熱時間は、(iv)前加熱工程及び(v)露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。 加熱は、露光装置及び現像装置に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。

The heating temperature is preferably from 70 to 150 ° C., more preferably from 70 to 130 ° C., still more preferably from 80 to 130 ° C., and further preferably from 80 to 120 ° C. in both (iv) the pre-heating step and (v) the post-exposure heating step. Is most preferred. The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, even more preferably 30 to 90 seconds in both (iv) the preheating step and (v) the post-exposure heating step. Heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure apparatus and the developing apparatus, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.

 露光工程に用いられる光源波長に制限はないが、例えば、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光(EUV)、X線、及び電子線等が挙げられる。これらの中でも遠紫外光が好ましく、その波長は1~300nmが好ましく、100~300nmがより好ましく、200~300nmが更に好ましい。具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、及び、電子線等であり、KrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV又は電子線が好ましく、KrFエキシマレーザーがより好ましい。

There is no limitation on the wavelength of the light source used in the exposure step, and examples thereof include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV), X-ray, and electron beam. Among these, far ultraviolet light is preferable, and the wavelength is preferably 1 to 300 nm, more preferably 100 to 300 nm, and further preferably 200 to 300 nm. Specifically, a KrF excimer laser (248 nm), an ArF excimer laser (193 nm), an F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), an X-ray, an EUV (13 nm), an electron beam, and the like are used. , EUV or an electron beam is preferable, and a KrF excimer laser is more preferable.

 (iii)現像工程においては、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含有する現像液(有機系現像液ともいう)であってもよい。

(Iii) In the developing step, an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (also referred to as an organic developer) may be used.

 アルカリ現像液としては、通常、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩が用いられるが、これ以外にも無機アルカリ、1~3級アミン、アルコールアミン、及び環状アミン等のアルカリ水溶液も使用可能である。 更に、上記アルカリ現像液は、アルコール類、及び/又は界面活性剤を適当量含有していてもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10~15である。 アルカリ現像液を用いて現像を行う時間は、通常10~300秒である。 アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度、pH、及び現像時間は、形成するパターンに応じて、適宜調整できる。

As the alkali developer, a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide is usually used. In addition, an alkaline aqueous solution such as an inorganic alkali, a primary to tertiary amine, an alcoholamine, and a cyclic amine is also used. Can be used. Further, the alkaline developer may contain an appropriate amount of alcohols and / or a surfactant. The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10 to 15. The development time using an alkali developer is usually 10 to 300 seconds. The alkali concentration, pH, and development time of the alkali developer can be appropriately adjusted according to the pattern to be formed.

 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましい。

The organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. Preferably it is.

 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、及びプロピレンカーボネート等が挙げられる。

Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.

 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、ブタン酸ブチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、酢酸イソアミル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、及びプロピオン酸ブチル等が挙げられる。

Examples of ester solvents include, for example, methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, butane Butyl acid, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, butyl propionate and the like.

 アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落<0715>~<0718>に開示された溶剤を使用できる。

As the alcohol-based solvent, amide-based solvent, ether-based solvent, and hydrocarbon-based solvent, the solvents disclosed in paragraphs <0715> to <0718> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 / 0070167A1 can be used.

 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、実質的に水分を含まないことが特に好ましい。 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50~100質量%が好ましく、80~100質量%がより好ましく、90~100質量%が更に好ましく、95~100質量%が特に好ましい。

A plurality of the above-mentioned solvents may be mixed, or a solvent other than the above or water may be mixed. The water content of the entire developer is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, still more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water. The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, still more preferably 90 to 100% by mass, and more preferably 95 to 100% by mass based on the total amount of the developer. % Is particularly preferred.

 有機系現像液は、必要に応じて公知の界面活性剤を適当量含有していてもよい。

The organic developer may contain a known surfactant in an appropriate amount, if necessary.

 界面活性剤の含有量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%であり、0.005~2質量%が好ましく、0.01~0.5質量%がより好ましい。

The content of the surfactant is usually from 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably from 0.005 to 2% by mass, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the developer.

 有機系現像液は、上述した酸拡散制御剤を含有していてもよい。

The organic developer may contain the acid diffusion controller described above.

 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、又は一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)等が挙げられる。

As a developing method, for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a bath filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developing solution is raised on the substrate surface by surface tension and is stopped for a certain period of time (paddle method), A method of spraying a developer on the surface (spray method) or a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning a developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed on a substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispense method). Can be

 アルカリ水溶液を用いて現像を行う工程(アルカリ現像工程)、及び有機溶剤を含有する現像液を用いて現像する工程(有機溶剤現像工程)を組み合わせてもよい。これにより、中間的な露光強度の領域のみを溶解させずにパターン形成が行えるので、より微細なパターンを形成できる。

The step of developing with an aqueous alkali solution (alkali developing step) and the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) may be combined. Thus, the pattern can be formed without dissolving only the region having the intermediate exposure intensity, so that a finer pattern can be formed.

 (iii)現像工程の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)を含むことが好ましい。

(Iii) It is preferable to include a step of washing with a rinsing liquid (rinsing step) after the developing step.

 アルカリ現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、例えば純水を使用できる。純水は、界面活性剤を適当量含有していてもよい。この場合、現像工程又はリンス工程の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を追加してもよい。更に、リンス処理又は超臨界流体による処理の後、パターン中に残存する水分を除去するために加熱処理を行ってもよい。

As the rinsing liquid used in the rinsing step after the developing step using the alkali developing solution, for example, pure water can be used. Pure water may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant. In this case, after the developing step or the rinsing step, a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing solution attached to the pattern with a supercritical fluid may be added. Further, after the rinsing treatment or the treatment with the supercritical fluid, a heating treatment may be performed to remove moisture remaining in the pattern.

 有機溶剤を含有する現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、パターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含有する溶液を使用できる。リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含有する現像液において説明したものと同様のものが挙げられる。 この場合のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、1価アルコールを含有するリンス液がより好ましい。

The rinsing liquid used in the rinsing step after the developing step using a developing solution containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a general solution containing an organic solvent can be used. As the rinsing liquid, a rinsing liquid containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents is used. Is preferred. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon-based solvent, ketone-based solvent, ester-based solvent, alcohol-based solvent, amide-based solvent, and ether-based solvent include those similar to those described for the developer containing an organic solvent. In this case, the rinsing liquid used in the rinsing step is more preferably a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol.

 リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状の1価アルコールが挙げられる。具体的には、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、tert―ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-ヘキサノール、シクロペンタノール、2-ヘプタノール、2-オクタノール、3-ヘキサノール、3-ヘプタノール、3-オクタノール、4-オクタノール、及びメチルイソブチルカルビノールが挙げられる。炭素数5以上の1価アルコールとしては、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、及びメチルイソブチルカルビノール等が挙げられる。

Examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include a linear, branched or cyclic monohydric alcohol. Specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, -Heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol, and methylisobutylcarbinol. Examples of the monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, and methyl isobutyl carbinol. .

 各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合して使用してもよい。 リンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましく、3質量%以下が更に好ましい。含水率を10質量%以下とすることで、良好な現像特性が得られる。

Each component may be used as a mixture of a plurality of components or as a mixture with an organic solvent other than those described above. The water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.

 リンス液は、界面活性剤を適当量含有していてもよい。 リンス工程においては、有機系現像液を用いる現像を行った基板を、有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、又は基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)等が挙げられる。中でも、回転塗布法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2,000~4,000rpm(revolution per minute)の回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去することが好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むことも好ましい。この加熱工程によりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程において、加熱温度は通常40~160℃であり、70~120℃が好ましく、70~95℃がより好ましく、加熱時間は通常10秒~3分であり、30秒~90秒が好ましい。

The rinsing liquid may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant. In the rinsing step, the substrate that has been developed using the organic developing solution is subjected to a cleaning process using a rinsing solution containing an organic solvent. The method of the cleaning treatment is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuously discharging a rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotation coating method), or immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinsing liquid for a predetermined time A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid on the substrate surface (spray method), and the like can be given. In particular, it is preferable to perform a cleaning process by a spin coating method, and after the cleaning, rotate the substrate at a rotation speed of 2,000 to 4,000 rpm (revolution per minute) to remove the rinsing liquid from the substrate. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. By this heating step, the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed. In the heating step after the rinsing step, the heating temperature is usually 40 to 160 ° C, preferably 70 to 120 ° C, more preferably 70 to 95 ° C, and the heating time is usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, and 30 seconds to 30 minutes. 90 seconds is preferred.

 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、本発明のパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、レジスト溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、又はトップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属成分、異性体、及び残存モノマー等の不純物を含まないことが好ましい。上記の各種材料に含まれるこれらの不純物の含有量としては、1ppm以下が好ましく、100ppt(parts per trillion)以下がより好ましく、10ppt以下が更に好ましく、実質的に含まないこと(測定装置の検出限界以下であること)が特に好ましい。

The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention (for example, a resist solvent, a developing solution, a rinsing solution, a composition for forming an antireflection film, or The top coat forming composition) preferably does not contain impurities such as metal components, isomers, and residual monomers. The content of these impurities contained in the above various materials is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppt (parts per trillion) or less, still more preferably 10 ppt or less, and substantially no content (detection limit of the measuring device). The following is particularly preferred.

 上記各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルター孔径としては、ポアサイズ10nm以下が好ましく、5nm以下がより好ましく、3nm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターの材質としては、ポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又はナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルター濾過工程では、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種類のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径及び/又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回濾過してもよく、複数回濾過する工程が循環濾過工程であってもよい。フィルターとしては、日本国特許出願公開第2016-201426号明細書(特開2016-201426)に開示されるような溶出物が低減されたものが好ましい。 フィルター濾過のほか、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材を組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができ、例えば、シリカゲル若しくはゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、又は活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。金属吸着剤としては、例えば、日本国特許出願公開第2016-206500号明細書(特開2016-206500)に開示されるものが挙げられる。 また、上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う、又は装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法が挙げられる。各種材料を構成する原料に対して行うフィルター濾過における好ましい条件は、上記した条件と同様である。

Examples of a method for removing impurities such as metals from the above various materials include filtration using a filter. The pore size of the filter is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, and even more preferably 3 nm or less. As a material of the filter, a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable. The filter may be one that has been washed in advance with an organic solvent. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When a plurality of types of filters are used, filters having different pore sizes and / or materials may be used in combination. Further, various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step. As the filter, a filter having reduced eluate as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-201426 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2016-201426) is preferable. In addition to filter filtration, removal of impurities by an adsorbent may be performed, or filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used in combination. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used. For example, an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel or zeolite, or an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon can be used. Examples of the metal adsorbent include those disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-206500 (JP-A-2016-206500). Further, as a method of reducing impurities such as metals contained in the various materials, select a material having a low metal content as a material constituting the various materials, perform a filter filtration on the materials constituting the various materials, Alternatively, there is a method in which distillation is performed under conditions where contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark). Preferred conditions for filter filtration performed on raw materials constituting various materials are the same as those described above.

 上記の各種材料は、不純物の混入を防止するために、米国特許出願公開第2015/0227049号明細書、日本国特許出願公開第2015-123351号明細書(特開2015-123351)等に記載された容器に保存されることが好ましい。

The various materials described above are described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0227049, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-123351 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-123351), and the like in order to prevent impurities from being mixed. It is preferably stored in a container.

 本発明のパターン形成方法により形成されるパターンに、パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法を適用してもよい。パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2015/0104957号明細書に開示された、水素を含有するガスのプラズマによってパターンを処理する方法が挙げられる。その他にも、日本国特許出願公開第2004-235468号明細書(特開2004-235468)、米国特許出願公開第2010/0020297号明細書、Proc.of SPIE Vol.8328 83280N-1“EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement”に記載されるような公知の方法を適用してもよい。 また、上記の方法によって形成されたパターンは、例えば日本国特許出願公開第1991-270227号明細書(特開平3-270227)及び米国特許出願公開第2013/0209941号明細書に開示されたスペーサープロセスの芯材(Core)として使用できる。

A method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention. As a method of improving the surface roughness of the pattern, for example, there is a method of treating the pattern with a plasma of a gas containing hydrogen disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0104957. In addition, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-235468 (JP-A-2004-235468), US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297, Proc. of SPIE Vol. A known method as described in 8328 83280N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technology for LWR Reduction and Etch Selection Enhancement” may be applied. Further, the pattern formed by the above-mentioned method can be used, for example, in the spacer process disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1991-270227 (JP-A-3-270227) and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0209941. Can be used as a core material.

〔電子デバイスの製造方法〕 また、本発明は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法にも関する。本発明の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(例えば、家電、OA(Office Automation)関連機器、メディア関連機器、光学用機器、及び通信機器等)に、好適に搭載される。

[Method of Manufacturing Electronic Device] The present invention also relates to a method of manufacturing an electronic device, including the above-described pattern forming method. The electronic device manufactured by the electronic device manufacturing method of the present invention is suitably mounted on electric / electronic equipment (for example, home appliances, OA (Office Automation) related equipment, media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, and the like). Is done.

 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。

Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. Materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as being limited by the following examples.

<樹脂>

 使用した樹脂について、繰り返し単位の構造及びその含有量(モル比率)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)を示す。 なお、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、繰り返し単位の含有量は、13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)により測定した。

<Resin>

About the resin used, the structure of a repeating unit and its content (molar ratio), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) are shown. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (in terms of polystyrene). The content of the repeating unit was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

 各樹脂について、ホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度が50℃以下であるモノマー(モノマーa1)を由来とする繰り返し単位(a1)の含有量(モル%)、モノマーa1の種類、モノマーa1をホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度(Tg)、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)に対応するモノマーの種類、繰り返し単位(a2)の含有量、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a4)に対応するモノマーの種類、繰り返し単位(a4)の含有量、その他の繰り返し単位に対応するモノマーの種類、及びその他の繰り返し単位の含有量を表2に記載した。

For each resin, the content (mol%) of the repeating unit (a1) derived from a monomer (monomer a1) having a glass transition temperature of 50 ° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer, the type of the monomer a1, and the monomer a1 When the polymer has a glass transition temperature (Tg), a kind of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit (a2) having an acid-decomposable group, the content of the repeating unit (a2), Table 2 shows the type of the corresponding monomer, the content of the repeating unit (a4), the type of the monomer corresponding to the other repeating unit, and the content of the other repeating unit.

 (ホモポリマーのガラス転移温度の測定方法) ホモポリマーのガラス転移温度は、カタログ値又は文献値がある場合はその値を採り、無い場合には、示差走査熱量測定(DSC:Differential scanning calorimetry)法によって測定した。Tgの測定に供するホモポリマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は18000とし、分散度(Mw/Mn)は1.7とした。DSC装置としては、ティー・エイ・インスツルメント・ジャパン(株)社製熱分析DSC示差走査熱量計Q1000型を用い、昇温速度は10℃/minで測定した。 なお、Tgの測定に供するホモポリマーは、対応するモノマーを用いて下記の手順により合成した。なお、ホモポリマーの合成は一般的な滴下重合法により行う。 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)54質量部を窒素気流下、80℃に加熱した。この液を攪拌しながら、対応するモノマー21質量%、2,2’-アゾビスイソ酪酸ジメチル0.35質量%を含むPGMEA溶液125質量部を6時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、80℃で更に2時間攪拌した。反応液を放冷後、多量のメタノール/水(質量比9:1)で再沈殿、ろ過し、得られた固体を乾燥することでホモポリマー(Mw:18000、Mw/Mn:1.7)を得た。得られたホモポリマーをDSC測定に供した。DSC装置及び昇温速度は前述のとおりとした。

(Method of Measuring Glass Transition Temperature of Homopolymer) The glass transition temperature of a homopolymer takes a catalog value or a literature value when there is a catalog value, and when there is no, a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) method. Was measured by The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the homopolymer used for the measurement of Tg was 18,000, and the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) was 1.7. As a DSC apparatus, a thermal analysis DSC differential scanning calorimeter Q1000 manufactured by TA Instruments Japan Co., Ltd. was used, and the temperature was measured at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min. The homopolymer used for the measurement of Tg was synthesized using the corresponding monomer by the following procedure. The synthesis of the homopolymer is carried out by a general drop polymerization method. 54 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was heated to 80 ° C. under a nitrogen stream. While stirring this solution, 125 parts by mass of a PGMEA solution containing 21% by mass of the corresponding monomer and 0.35% by mass of dimethyl 2,2′-azobisisobutyrate were added dropwise over 6 hours. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. After allowing the reaction solution to cool, it is reprecipitated with a large amount of methanol / water (mass ratio 9: 1), filtered, and the obtained solid is dried to obtain a homopolymer (Mw: 18000, Mw / Mn: 1.7). I got The obtained homopolymer was subjected to DSC measurement. The DSC apparatus and the heating rate were as described above.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048

 なお、樹脂AX-1に含まれるその他の繰り返し単位に対応するモノマー(ME-2)をホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度は100℃であった。

The glass transition temperature when the monomer (ME-2) corresponding to other repeating units contained in the resin AX-1 was a homopolymer was 100 ° C.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050

<溶剤>

 使用した溶剤の種類、沸点及び粘度を表3に示す。PGMEAはプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを表し、PGMEはプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルを表す。

<Solvent>

Table 3 shows the types, boiling points and viscosities of the solvents used. PGMEA represents propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and PGME represents propylene glycol monomethyl ether.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051

<光酸発生剤>

 使用した光酸発生剤の構造を以下に示す。

<Photoacid generator>

The structure of the photoacid generator used is shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052

<酸拡散制御剤>

 使用した酸拡散制御剤を以下に示す。

<Acid diffusion controller>

The acid diffusion controller used is shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053

<界面活性剤>

 使用した界面活性剤を以下に示す。

 W-A:OMNOVA社製 PF6320

 W-B:OMNOVA社製 PF636

 W-C:DIC社製 TF-R41

<Surfactant>

The surfactants used are shown below.

WA: PF6320 manufactured by OMNOVA

WB: PF636 manufactured by OMNOVA

WC: TF-R41 manufactured by DIC

 その他の添加剤としては、サリチル酸を使用した。

Salicylic acid was used as another additive.

<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>

 表4に示した各成分を、表4に記載した固形分濃度(質量%)となるように混合して溶液を得た。次いで、得られた溶液を、3μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターで濾過することにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)res-1~res-20、res-1X~res-9Xを調製した。なお、レジスト組成物において、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。 なお、各組成物に含まれる25種(Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Mn、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Zn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W、Mo、Zr)の金属不純物成分量をAgilent Technologies社製ICP-MS装置(誘導結合プラズマ質量分析計)「Agilent 7500cs」にて測定したところ、各金属種の含有量はそれぞれ10ppb(parts-per-billion)未満であった。

<Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>

Each component shown in Table 4 was mixed to obtain the solid content concentration (% by mass) shown in Table 4 to obtain a solution. Next, the obtained solution is filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 3 μm to obtain an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition) res-1 to res-20, res-1X to res -9X was prepared. In the resist composition, the solid content means all components other than the solvent. In addition, 25 kinds (Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Mn, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Zn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb) contained in each composition , Ti, V, W, Mo, and Zr) were measured using an ICP-MS device (Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometer) “Agilent 7500cs” manufactured by Agilent Technologies. The content of each metal species was as follows. Each was less than 10 ppb (parts-per-billion).

 表4において、溶剤以外の各成分の含有量(質量%)は、全固形分に対する含有比率を意味する。

In Table 4, the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio to the total solid content.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054

〔パターン形成及び各種評価〕

<パターン形成>

 東京エレクトロン製スピンコーター「ACT-8」を利用して、ヘキサメチルジシラザン処理を施したSi基板(Advanced Materials Technology社製)上に、反射防止層を設けることなく、調製したレジスト組成物を塗布し、130℃で60秒間加熱乾燥を行い、膜厚10μmのポジ型レジスト膜を形成した。このレジスト膜に対し、KrFエキシマレーザースキャナー(ASML製、PAS5500/850C波長248nm)を用いて、下記マスクを介して下記最適露光量にて、NA(開口数)=0.68、σ=0.60の露光条件でパターン露光した。照射後に130℃、60秒ベークし、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液を用いて60秒間浸漬した後、30秒間、水でリンスして乾燥した。 縮小投影露光後のスペースパターンが3μm、ピッチが33μmとなるような、ラインアンドスペースパターンを有するマスクを介して露光し、形成されるスペースパターンが3μm、ピッチが33μmとなるような露光量を最適露光量(感度)(mJ/cm)とした。スペースパターン幅の測定は走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)(日立社製9380I)を用いた。 上記手順により、基板と基板表面に形成されたパターン(レジストパターン)とを有する評価用パターンウェハを得た。

[Pattern formation and various evaluations]

<Pattern formation>

Using a spin coater “ACT-8” manufactured by Tokyo Electron, a resist composition prepared without applying an antireflection layer was applied to a hexamethyldisilazane-treated Si substrate (manufactured by Advanced Materials Technology). Then, heating and drying were performed at 130 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a positive resist film having a thickness of 10 μm. Using a KrF excimer laser scanner (manufactured by ASML, PAS5500 / 850C wavelength: 248 nm), the resist film is passed through the following mask at the following optimum exposure dose, NA (numerical aperture) = 0.68, σ = 0. Pattern exposure was performed under 60 exposure conditions. After the irradiation, the film was baked at 130 ° C. for 60 seconds, immersed in a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) for 60 seconds, rinsed with water for 30 seconds, and dried. Exposure is performed through a mask having a line and space pattern such that the space pattern after the reduced projection exposure is 3 μm and the pitch is 33 μm, and the exposure amount is such that the formed space pattern is 3 μm and the pitch is 33 μm. Exposure (sensitivity) (mJ / cm 2 ). The measurement of the space pattern width was performed using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (9380I manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). According to the above procedure, an evaluation pattern wafer having a substrate and a pattern (resist pattern) formed on the substrate surface was obtained.

<レジスト組成物の粘度>

 調製したレジスト組成物の粘度を、25.0℃において、TOKISANGYO製RE-85Lにより測定した。

<Viscosity of resist composition>

The viscosity of the prepared resist composition was measured at 25.0 ° C. using RE-85L manufactured by TOKISANGYO.

<クラックの発生の評価>

 CD-SEM(Critical Dimension-Scanning Electron Microscope)内のチャンバーにて、評価用パターンウェハに対して60秒間の真空処理(真空引き)を行った。なお、チャンバー内は圧力が0.002Paとなるように設定した。 真空処理後、上記評価用パターンウェハを光学顕微鏡にて観察し、クラックの発生の有無の評価を実施した。具体的には、基板表面に形成されたパターンのひび割れ(クラック)を確認し、下記基準に基づいて評価した。

 A:クラックなし

 B:クラックが1個以上10個以下

 C:クラックが11個以上20個以下

 D:クラックが21個以上30個以下

 E:クラック31個以上

<Evaluation of crack generation>

In a chamber in a CD-SEM (Critical Dimension-Scanning Electron Microscope), a vacuum process (evacuation) was performed on the evaluation pattern wafer for 60 seconds. The pressure in the chamber was set to be 0.002 Pa. After the vacuum treatment, the pattern wafer for evaluation was observed with an optical microscope, and the presence or absence of cracks was evaluated. Specifically, cracks in the pattern formed on the substrate surface were confirmed, and evaluated based on the following criteria.

A: No crack

B: 1 to 10 cracks

C: 11 to 20 cracks

D: 21 to 30 cracks

E: 31 or more cracks

<ボイドの発生の評価>

 東京エレクトロン製スピンコーター「ACT-8」を利用して、ヘキサメチルジシラザン処理を施したSi基板(Advanced Materials Technology社製)上に、反射防止層を設けることなく、調製したレジスト組成物を塗布し、乾燥ベークして基板上にレジスト膜を形成した。 レジスト膜を有する基板(ウェハ)を、ドライエッチング装置(日立ハイテクノロジーズ製、U-621)にセットし、CF、Ar、N混合ガス(ガス比、1:10:10)で、ガス圧力4Pa、プラズマパワー1600W、基板バイアス1200Wの条件で30秒間のエッチング処理と、O、CF混合ガス(ガス比、20:1)で、ガス圧力2Pa、プラズマパワー800W、基板バイアス0Wの条件で60秒間のエッチング処理を続けて行い、それぞれ6回繰り返しエッチング処理を行った。エッチング処理後のウェハを破断し、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)(株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製、S-4800)でレジスト膜断面を倍率10000で観察した。 観察されたレジスト膜中のボイド(空隙)を確認し、以下のように基準を設定した。

 A:ボイドなし

 B:ボイドが1個以上5個以下

 C:ボイドが6個以上15個以下

 D:ボイドが16個以上25個以下

 E:ボイドが26個以上

<Evaluation of void generation>

Using a spin coater “ACT-8” manufactured by Tokyo Electron, a resist composition prepared without applying an anti-reflection layer was applied to a hexamethyldisilazane-treated Si substrate (manufactured by Advanced Materials Technology). Then, the substrate was dried and baked to form a resist film on the substrate. A substrate (wafer) having a resist film is set in a dry etching apparatus (U-621, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), and a gas pressure of gas mixture of CF 4 , Ar, and N 2 (gas ratio, 1:10:10) is applied. Etching for 30 seconds under the conditions of 4 Pa, plasma power of 1600 W and substrate bias of 1200 W, and a gas mixture of O 2 and CF 4 (gas ratio: 20: 1) at a gas pressure of 2 Pa, plasma power of 800 W and substrate bias of 0 W. The etching process was continued for 60 seconds, and the etching process was repeated six times in each case. The wafer after the etching treatment was broken, and the cross section of the resist film was observed at a magnification of 10,000 using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (S-4800, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). The observed voids (voids) in the resist film were confirmed, and criteria were set as follows.

A: No void

B: 1 to 5 voids

C: 6 to 15 voids

D: 16 to 25 voids

E: 26 or more voids

<PCD性能の評価>

 東京エレクトロン製スピンコーター「ACT-8」を利用して、ヘキサメチルジシラザン処理を施したSi基板(Advanced Materials Technology社製)上に、反射防止層を設けることなく、調製したレジスト組成物を塗布し、乾燥ベークして基板上にレジスト膜を形成した。その後、クリーンルーム環境下にてレジスト膜を有する基板をそれぞれある時間保管した(この時間を「保管時間」と呼ぶ)。その後、保管後のレジスト膜に対し、KrFエキシマレーザースキャナーを用いて、下記マスクを介して下記最適露光量にてパターン露光した。照射後に130℃、60秒ベークし、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液を用いて60秒間浸漬した後、30秒間、水でリンスして乾燥した。 縮小投影露光後のスペースパターンが3μm、ピッチが33μmとなるような、ラインアンドスペースパターンを有するマスクを介して露光し、形成されるスペースパターンが3μm、ピッチが33μmとなるような露光量を最適露光量(感度)(mJ/cm)とした。スペースパターン幅の測定は走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)(日立社製9380I)を用いた。 得られるパターンのスペース幅が3μm±30nmの範囲内となる最長の保管時間を「PCD時間」とし、以下の基準で評価した。

 A:PCD時間が60分以上

 B:PCD時間が30分以上60分未満

 C:PCD時間が30分未満

<Evaluation of PCD performance>

Using a spin coater “ACT-8” manufactured by Tokyo Electron, a resist composition prepared without applying an anti-reflection layer was applied to a hexamethyldisilazane-treated Si substrate (manufactured by Advanced Materials Technology). Then, the substrate was dried and baked to form a resist film on the substrate. Thereafter, the substrates each having the resist film were stored for a certain time in a clean room environment (this time is referred to as “storage time”). Thereafter, the resist film after storage was subjected to pattern exposure using a KrF excimer laser scanner at the following optimum exposure amount through the following mask. After the irradiation, the film was baked at 130 ° C. for 60 seconds, immersed in a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) for 60 seconds, rinsed with water for 30 seconds, and dried. Exposure is performed through a mask having a line and space pattern such that the space pattern after the reduced projection exposure is 3 μm and the pitch is 33 μm, and the exposure amount is such that the formed space pattern is 3 μm and the pitch is 33 μm. Exposure (sensitivity) (mJ / cm 2 ). The measurement of the space pattern width was performed using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) (9380I manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The longest storage time in which the space width of the obtained pattern was within the range of 3 μm ± 30 nm was defined as “PCD time”, and the evaluation was made based on the following criteria.

A: PCD time is 60 minutes or more

B: PCD time is 30 minutes or more and less than 60 minutes

C: PCD time is less than 30 minutes

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055

 表5の結果から、実施例のレジスト組成物はPCD性能に優れ、エッチングの際にパターンにクラックが発生せず、かつパターンの内部にボイドが発生しないものであることが分かる。

From the results shown in Table 5, it can be seen that the resist compositions of the examples have excellent PCD performance, do not cause cracks in the pattern during etching, and do not generate voids inside the pattern.

Claims (11)


  1.  樹脂(A)と、溶剤(B)と、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物とを含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、

     前記樹脂(A)は、ホモポリマーとしたときのガラス転移温度が50℃以下であるモノマーを由来とする繰り返し単位(a1)と、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)とを含み、

     前記繰り返し単位(a1)は、非酸分解性の繰り返し単位であり、

     前記樹脂(A)は、芳香族環を有する繰り返し単位を有し、

     前記溶剤(B)は、沸点が135℃以下で、かつ粘度が1.5mPa・s以下であり、 膜厚1~30μmの膜を形成するために用いられる、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A), a solvent (B), and a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation,

    The resin (A) includes a repeating unit (a1) derived from a monomer having a glass transition temperature of 50 ° C. or lower when formed into a homopolymer, and a repeating unit (a2) having an acid-decomposable group,

    The repeating unit (a1) is a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit,

    The resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic ring,

    The solvent (B) has a boiling point of 135 ° C. or less and a viscosity of 1.5 mPa · s or less, and is used for forming a film having a thickness of 1 to 30 μm. Composition.

  2.  前記繰り返し単位(a1)が、下記一般式(1-2)で表される繰り返し単位である請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    一般式(1-2)中、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rは、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、炭素数が2以上の非酸分解性アルキル基を表す。

    2. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-2).

    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In the general formula (1-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. R 2 represents a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom in the chain.

  3.  前記繰り返し単位(a1)が、下記一般式(1-3)で表される繰り返し単位である請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    一般式(1-3)中、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基を表す。Rは、鎖中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性アルキル基、又は、環員にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、カルボキシ基若しくは水酸基を有する非酸分解性シクロアルキル基を表す。

    2. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1-3).

    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In the general formula (1-3), R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. R 4 may be a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the chain, or a non-acid-decomposable alkyl group having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group which may contain a hetero atom in the ring member. Represents an acid-decomposable cycloalkyl group.

  4. 前記溶剤(B)の粘度が1.2mPa・s以下である請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the viscosity of the solvent (B) is 1.2 mPa · s or less.

  5. 前記溶剤(B)が、芳香族系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、及びエステル系溶剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種である請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the solvent (B) is at least one selected from an aromatic solvent, a ketone solvent, and an ester solvent. Composition.
  6. 前記溶剤(B)が、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソブチル、及び酢酸ブチルから選ばれる少なくとも1種である請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    The actinic ray according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the solvent (B) is at least one selected from methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, ethyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, and butyl acetate. Or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

  7.  前記溶剤(B)が、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、及びシクロペンタノンから選ばれる少なくとも1種である請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the solvent (B) is at least one selected from methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and cyclopentanone.

  8.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤の総量に対する前記溶剤(B)の含有量が20質量%以上である請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。

    The actinic ray according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the content of the solvent (B) is 20% by mass or more based on the total amount of the solvent contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

  9.  (i)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって基板上に膜厚が1~30μmの感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、

     (ii)前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に、活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程、及び、

     (iii)前記活性光線又は放射線が照射された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程、を有するパターン形成方法であって、

     前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物である、パターン形成方法。

    (I) a step of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film having a thickness of 1 to 30 μm on a substrate with the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition;

    (Ii) irradiating the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with actinic ray or radiation, and

    (Iii) a step of developing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film irradiated with the actinic ray or radiation using a developer.

    A pattern forming method, wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8.

  10.  請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成された膜厚が1~30μmのレジスト膜。

    A resist film having a film thickness of 1 to 30 μm, formed by the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8.

  11.  請求項9に記載のパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法。

    A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to claim 9.
PCT/JP2019/027224 2018-09-05 2019-07-09 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, resist film, and method for producing electronic device WO2020049863A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020541040A JP7096892B2 (en) 2018-09-05 2019-07-09 A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, a resist film, and an electronic device.

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-166281 2018-09-05
JP2018166281 2018-09-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020049863A1 true WO2020049863A1 (en) 2020-03-12

Family

ID=69721793

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/027224 WO2020049863A1 (en) 2018-09-05 2019-07-09 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, resist film, and method for producing electronic device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7096892B2 (en)
TW (1) TW202010763A (en)
WO (1) WO2020049863A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI809913B (en) * 2022-01-26 2023-07-21 南亞科技股份有限公司 Method for measuring critical dimension

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002287345A (en) * 2001-03-26 2002-10-03 Kansai Paint Co Ltd Photosensitive coating material composition and pattern forming method
JP2003238620A (en) * 2001-12-13 2003-08-27 Central Glass Co Ltd Fluorine-containing polymerizable monomer and polymer compound, anti-reflection coating material and resist material using the polymer
JP2012108182A (en) * 2010-11-15 2012-06-07 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Pattern forming method
JP2013064971A (en) * 2011-01-14 2013-04-11 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Patterning process and resist composition used for the same

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002287345A (en) * 2001-03-26 2002-10-03 Kansai Paint Co Ltd Photosensitive coating material composition and pattern forming method
JP2003238620A (en) * 2001-12-13 2003-08-27 Central Glass Co Ltd Fluorine-containing polymerizable monomer and polymer compound, anti-reflection coating material and resist material using the polymer
JP2012108182A (en) * 2010-11-15 2012-06-07 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Pattern forming method
JP2013064971A (en) * 2011-01-14 2013-04-11 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Patterning process and resist composition used for the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7096892B2 (en) 2022-07-06
JPWO2020049863A1 (en) 2021-08-12
TW202010763A (en) 2020-03-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7017564B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
KR102649466B1 (en) Active light ray-sensitive or rad iation- sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for produc ing electronic device
JPWO2019044270A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing solid-state imaging device
JP7223765B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2019064976A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method and method for producing electronic device
WO2020054275A1 (en) Actinic light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
JPWO2018168258A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
KR102455270B1 (en) A resist composition, a resist film, a pattern formation method, and a manufacturing method of an electronic device
JP7096892B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a pattern forming method, a resist film, and an electronic device.
JP7280957B2 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP2019174549A (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7084995B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, resin
JP7125470B2 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7344956B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7309888B2 (en) Actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2020049865A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19857525

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020541040

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19857525

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1